24721_B-Series_OG_Domestic 6/9/04 8:32 AM Page 1
2005
Mazda B-Series Truck
Owner’s Manual
Part No.
9999-95-023C-05
© Mazda North American Operations
Printed in U.S.A.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Introduction
4
Instrument Cluster
12
Warning and control lights
Gauges
12
16
Entertainment Systems
18
AM/FM stereo
AM/FM Stereo single CD/MP3 system
18
19
AM/FM Stereo cassette, CD/MP3 sound system
In-dash CD6/MP3 disc Premium Pioneer audio system
22
26
Climate Controls
32
Heater only
Manual heating and air conditioning
32
33
Lights
35
Headlamps
Turn signal control
Bulb replacement
35
38
39
Driver Controls
46
Windshield wiper/washer control
Steering wheel adjustment
Power windows
46
47
48
52
Speed control
Locks and Security
58
Keys
Locks
58
58
1
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Seating and Safety Restraints
62
Seating
Safety restraints
Air bags
62
64
76
88
Child restraints
Tires, Wheels and Loading
104
Tire Information
Tire Inflation
Changing tires
Lug Nut Torque
Vehicle loading
Trailer towing
107
109
112
116
126
131
139
Recreational towing
Driving
141
Starting
Brakes
Transmission operation
141
146
150
Roadside Emergencies
160
Hazard flasher switch
Fuel pump shut-off switch
Fuses and relays
Overheating
Jump starting
Wrecker towing
160
160
161
171
172
177
Customer Assistance
178
Reporting safety defects (U.S. only)
188
2
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Cleaning
189
195
Maintenance and Specifications
Engine compartment
Engine oil
Battery
Fuel information
Refill capacities
Lubricant specifications
Engine data
205
209
214
223
241
244
245
Accessories
Index
249
250
All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or mechanical
including photocopying, recording or by any information storage and retrieval
system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written
authorization from MNAO. MNAO may change the contents without notice and
without incurring obligation.
Copyright © 2004 MNAO
3
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Introduction
CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and
certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in
vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or
emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer
and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
CONGRATULATIONS
Congratulations on acquiring your new Mazda product. Please take the
time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook.
The more you know and understand about your vehicle, the greater the
safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it.
For more information on Mazda and its products visit the following
website:
• In the United States: www.mazdausa.com
• In Canada: www.mazda.ca
Additional owner information is given in separate publications.
This Owner’s Guide describes every option and model variant available
and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your
particular vehicle. Furthermore, due to printing cycles it may describe
options before they are generally available.
Remember to pass on the Owner’s Guide when reselling the vehicle. It is
an integral part of the vehicle.
WARNING: In the event of an accident the Fuel pump shut-off
switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the engine.
The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration (e.g.
collision when parking). To reset the switch, refer to the Fuel
pump shut-off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter.
4
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
Warning symbols in this guide
How can you reduce the risk of
personal injury to yourself or
others? In this guide, answers to
such questions are contained in
comments highlighted by a bold
WARNING statement. These comments should be read and observed.
Warning symbols on your vehicle
When you see this symbol, it is
imperative that you consult the
relevant section of this guide before
touching or attempting adjustment
of any kind.
Protecting the environment
We must all play our part in
protecting the environment. Correct
vehicle usage and the authorized
disposal of waste, cleaning and
lubrication materials are significant
steps towards this aim. Information in this respect is highlighted in this
guide with the tree symbol.
Always dispose of used automotive fluids in a responsible manner. Follow
your community’s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing
of automotive fluids.
BREAKING-IN YOUR VEHICLE
There are no particular breaking-in rules for your vehicle. During the
first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) of driving, vary speeds frequently. This is
necessary to give the moving parts a chance to break in.
SPECIAL NOTICES
Emission warranty
The New Vehicle Limited Warranty includes Bumper to Bumper
Coverage, Safety Restraint Coverage and Corrosion Coverage. In addition,
your vehicle is eligible for Emissions Defect and Emissions Performance
Warranties. For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not
covered, refer to the Warranty Guide that is provided to you along with
your Owner’s Guide.
5
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Event Data Recorder
The computer in your vehicle is capable of recording detailed data
potentially including but not limited to information such as:
• the use of restraint systems including seat belts by the driver and
passengers,
• information about the performance of various systems and modules in
the vehicle, and
• information related to engine, throttle, steering, brake or other system
status potentially including information related to how the driver
operates the vehicle including but not limited to vehicle speed.
This information may be stored during regular operation or in a crash or
near crash event. This stored information may be read out and used by:
• service and repair facilities.
• law enforcement or government agencies.
• the Manufacturer and Distributor.
Special instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic
controls.
WARNING: Please read the section Supplemental restraint
system (SRS) in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter.
Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: Front seat mounted rear-facing child or infant seats
should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger air bag.
Notice to owners of pickup trucks and utility type vehicles
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover
rate than other types of vehicles.
Before you drive your vehicle, please read this Owner’s Guide carefully.
Your vehicle is not a passenger car. As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury or death.
Be sure to read Driving off road in the Driving chapter.
6
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Using your vehicle with a snowplow
WARNING: Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing.
Your vehicle is not equipped with a snowplowing package.
Using your vehicle as an ambulance
WARNING: Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance.
Your vehicle is not equipped with an ambulance preparation package.
7
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle.
Vehicle Symbol Glossary
Safety Alert
See Owner’s Guide
Fasten Safety Belt
Air Bag-Side
Protecting the
Environment
Air Bag-Front
Child Seat
Child Seat Installation
Warning
Child Seat Lower
Anchor
Child Seat Tether
Anchor
Brake System
Anti-Lock Brake System
Master Lighting Switch
Fog Lamps-Front
Brake Fluid -
Non-Petroleum Based
Hazard Warning Flasher
Fuse Compartment
Fuel Pump Reset
Windshield
Defrost/Demist
Windshield Wash/Wipe
Rear Window
Defrost/Demist
Power Windows
8
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Vehicle Symbol Glossary
Personal Alarm System
Power Window Lockout
Feature
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Do Not Open When Hot
Avoid Smoking, Flames,
or Sparks
Battery
Battery Acid
Fan Warning
Explosive Gas
Power Steering Fluid
MAX
MIN
Maintain Correct Fluid
Level
Emission System
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
Engine Air Filter
Jack
Check fuel cap
Speed Control
Powertrain Malfunction
INFORMATION ABOUT THIS GUIDE
The information found in this guide was accurate at the time of printing.
Mazda may change the contents without notice.
9
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster
Instrument panel dimmer
control
Instrument cluster
(pg. 12)
(pg. 36)
Headlamp control
(pg. 35)
Turn signal and
wiper/washer control
(pg. 46)
Speed control*
(pg. 52)
Driver air bag
(pg. 76)
Hood release
(pg. 204)
* If equipped
Parking brake release
(pg. 148)
10
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
4wd control*
(pg. 156)
Audio system
(pg. 18)
Auxiliary power point
(pg. 48)
Fog lamp control*
(pg. 35)
Cigar lighter
Climate control system
(pg. 32)
Passenger air bag
deactivate switch
(pg. 83)
* if equipped
11
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES
Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may
become serious enough to cause expensive repairs. A warning light may
illuminate when a problem exists with one of your vehicle’s functions.
Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure the
bulb works. If any light remains on after starting the vehicle, have the
respective system inspected immediately.
Check engine: The Check Engine
indicator light illuminates when the
ignition is first turned to the ON
position to check the bulb. Solid
illumination after the engine is started indicates the On Board
Diagnostics System (OBD-II) has detected a malfunction. Refer to On
board diagnostics (OBD-II) in the Maintenance and Specifications
chapter. If the light is blinking, engine misfire is occurring which could
damage your catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid
heavy acceleration and deceleration) and have your vehicle serviced
immediately.
WARNING: Under engine misfire conditions, excessive exhaust
temperatures could damage the catalytic converter, the fuel
system, interior floor coverings or other vehicle components,
possibly causing a fire.
12
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
Check fuel cap: Illuminates when
the fuel cap may not be properly
installed. Check the fuel filler cap if
this light remains on. Continued
driving with this light on may cause
the Check Engine warning light to
come on.
It may take a long period of time for the system to detect an
improperly installed or properly re-installed fuel filler cap
depending on driving and fuel tank level conditions. Refer to Fuel
filler cap in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter.
Brake system warning light: To
confirm the brake system warning
light is functional, it will
momentarily illuminate when the
ignition is turned to the ON position
!
P
BRAKE
when the engine is not running, or in a position between ON and START,
or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the ON
position. If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this
time, seek service immediately from your dealership. Illumination after
releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level or a failure to
brake proportioning and the brake system should be inspected
immediately by your servicing dealership.
WARNING: Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning
light on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It will take you longer to stop the
vehicle. Have the vehicle checked by your dealer immediately.
Anti-lock brake system: If the
ABS light stays illuminated or
ABS
continues to flash, a malfunction has
been detected; have the system
serviced immediately. Normal
braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is
illuminated.
13
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
Air bag readiness: If this light fails
to illuminate when ignition is turned
to ON, continues to flash or remains
on, have the system serviced
immediately. A chime will also
sound when a malfunction in the supplemental restraint system has been
detected.
Safety belt: Reminds you to fasten
your safety belt. A chime will also
sound to remind you to fasten your
safety belt. Refer to the Seating
and safety restraints chapter.
Charging system: Illuminates when
the battery is not charging properly.
Engine oil pressure: Illuminates
when the oil pressure falls below the
normal range, refer to Engine oil in
the Maintenance and
Specifications chapter.
Engine coolant temperature:
Illuminates when the engine coolant
temperature is high. Stop the
vehicle as soon as possible , switch off the engine and let cool. Refer to
Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter.
WARNING: Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the
engine is running or hot.
Low fuel: Illuminates when the fuel
level in the fuel tank is at or near
empty (refer to Fuel gauge in this
chapter).
Door ajar: Illuminates when the
ignition is in the ON position and
any door is open.
14
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
Overdrive off (if equipped):
Illuminates when the overdrive
function of the transmission has
been turned off, refer to the
O/D
OFF
Driving chapter. If the light does not come on or the light flashes
steadily, have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible, damage
to the transmission could occur.
Four wheel drive low (if
4x4
LOW
equipped): Illuminates when
four-wheel drive low is engaged.
NOTE: If the light continues to
flash have the system serviced.
Four wheel drive high (if
equipped): Illuminates when
four-wheel drive high is engaged. It
may also illuminate when the 4WD LOW is engaged, refer to the Driving
chapter for more information.
4x4
NOTE: If the light continues to flash have the system serviced.
Speed control: Illuminates when
the speed control is engaged. Turns
off when the speed control system
is disengaged.
Turn signal: Illuminates when the
left or right turn signal or the
hazard lights are turned on. If the
indicators stay on or flash faster, check for a burned out bulb.
High beams: Illuminates when the
high beam headlamps are turned on.
Key-in-ignition warning chime: Sounds when the key is left in the
ignition in the OFF/LOCK or ACCESSORY position and the driver’s door
is opened.
Headlamps on warning chime: Sounds when the headlamps or parking
lamps are on, the ignition is off (the key is not in the ignition) and the
driver’s door is opened.
Door ajar warning chime: Sounds when any door is opened (or not
fully closed).
15
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES
Speedometer: Indicates the
current vehicle speed.
Engine coolant temperature
gauge: Indicates engine coolant
temperature. At normal operating
temperature, the needle will be in
the normal range (between “H” and
“C”). If it enters the red section,
the engine is overheating. Stop
the vehicle as soon as safely
possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool.
Refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and specifications
chapter.
WARNING: Never remove the coolant reservoir cap and/or the
radiator cap while the engine is running or hot, this may result
in serious burns.
Odometer: Registers the total miles
(kilometers) of the vehicle.
16
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Cluster
Trip odometer: Registers the miles
(kilometers) of individual journeys.
To reset, depress the control button.
Tachometer: Indicates the engine
speed in revolutions per minute.
Driving with your tachometer
pointer continuously at the top of
the scale may damage the engine.
Fuel gauge: Indicates
approximately how much fuel is left
in the fuel tank (when the ignition
is in the ON position). The fuel
gauge may vary slightly when the
vehicle is in motion or on a grade.
NOTE: The FUEL icon and arrow
indicates which side of the vehicle
the fuel filler door is located.
Refer to Filling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications
chapter for more information.
17
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
Entertainment Systems
AM/FM STEREO (IF EQUIPPED)
1. AM/FM: Press to select
AM/FM1/FM2 frequency bands.
2. CLK: Press until SELECT
HOUR / SELECT MINS appears.
Press
AUDIO
to adjust
the hours/minutes.
Press CLK to display the time when the ignition is off.
3. AUDIO: Press AUDIO to toggle
through the following modes
and use
adjustments in those modes.
Bass: Press AUDIO to decrease/increase the bass setting.
/
to make
Treble: Press
AUDIO
AUDIO
to decrease/increase the treble setting.
to adjust the audio between the left and
Balance: Press
right speakers.
18
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
4. Tune: Press to manually go down/up (
/
) the radio frequency
and in audio mode to select various settings.
5. Memory presets: To set a
station: Select frequency band
AM/FM; tune to a station, press
and hold a preset button until sound returns. To tune a preset
station, press the desired memory preset.
6. SEEK: Press
SEEK
to
access the previous or next
radio station. If pressed for less
than .5 seconds, the system will seek to the next or previous station.
7. ON/OFF/Volume: Press to turn
the system ON/OFF. Turn to
adjust the volume levels.
If the volume is set above a
certain level, and the ignition is
turned off, the volume will come
back to a “nominal” listening level when the ignition is turned back
on.
AM/FM STEREO SINGLE CD/MP3 SYSTEM
19
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
1. CD eject: Press to eject the
CD.
2. CLK (Clock):Press CLK until
SELECT HOUR or SELECT
MINUTE is displayed. Press
MENU
to adjust the
hours/minutes. Press CLK to display the time when the ignition is
off.
3. MUTE:Press to mute the
playing media. Press again to
return to the playing media.
4. MENU: Press MENU repeatedly
to toggle through the following
modes and use
adjustment in those modes.
Autoset: Press MENU
/
to make
to
set the strongest local radio stations
for AM/FM1/FM2 without losing
your original manually set preset
stations.
When the six strongest stations are filled, the station stored in preset 1
will begin playing. If there are less than six strong stations, the system
will store the last one in the remaining presets.
Bass: Press
MENU
MENU
MENU
to decrease/increase the bass setting.
to decrease/increase the treble setting.
to adjust the audio between the left and
Treble: Press
Balance: Press
right speakers.
Fade: Press
MENU
to adjust the audio between the front and
rear speakers.
5. TUNE: Press to manually go
down/up ( ) the radio
/
frequency and also to select
various settings in menu mode.
20
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
6. SHUFF (Shuffle): Press to
play the tracks on the current
CD in random order.
7. REPEAT:Press to repeat the
current CD track.
8. FF (Fast forward): Press to
manually advance in a CD track.
9. REW (Rewind): Press to
REW
1
manually reverse in a CD track.
10. Memory presets: To set a
station: Select frequency band
AM/FM; tune to a station, press
and hold a preset button until sound returns. To recall a previously
set station, press the desired memory preset button briefly.
11. SEEK/TRACK: Press to access the next/previous strong station. In
CD mode, press to advance to the next/previous track.
12. SCAN: Press to toggle between
SCAN ON and SCAN OFF. When
activated, the system scans up
through and plays a brief sampling of available radio stations or CD
tracks. Press again to stop.
13. AM/FM:Press to select
AM/FM1/FM2 frequency band.
14. ON/OFF/Volume: Press to turn
ON/OFF. Turn to
increase/decrease volume.
If the volume is set above a
certain level and the ignition is
turned off, the volume will come
back on at a “nominal” listening level when the ignition switch is
turned back on.
15. CD: Press to enter CD mode. If
a CD is already present in the
system, the disc will begin to
play.
21
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
16. CD slot: Insert a CD label side
up.
CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4.75 in (12 cm)
audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain
recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function
correctly when used in Mazda CD players. Irregular shaped CDs,
CDs with a scratch protection film attached, and CDs with
homemade paper (adhesive) labels should not be inserted into
the CD player. The label may peel and cause the CD to become
jammed. It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified
with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please contact your dealer for
further information.
AM/FM STEREO CASSETTE, CD/MP3 SOUND SYSTEM
1. CD eject: Press to eject the
CD.
22
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
2. CLK (Clock): Press CLK until
SELECT HOUR or SELECT
MINUTE is displayed. Press
MENU
to adjust the
hours/minutes.
Press CLK to display the time of day when the ignition is off.
3. MUTE: Press to mute the
playing media. Press again to
return to the playing media.
4. MENU: Press MENU repeatedly
to toggle through the following
modes and use
/
to make
adjustment in those modes.
Autoset: Press MENU to access the
autoset setting. Allows you to set
the strongest local radio stations
without losing your original
manually set preset stations for AM/FM1/FM2 . Use
MENU
to
set.
When the six strongest stations are filled, the station stored in preset 1
will begin playing. If there are less than six strong stations, the system
will store the last one in the remaining presets. Press again to disengage.
Bass: Press
MENU
MENU
MENU
to decrease/increase the level of bass.
to decrease/increase the level of treble.
to adjust the audio between the left and
Treble: Press
Balance: Press
right speakers.
Fade: Press
MENU
to adjust the audio between the front and
rear speakers.
Next/previous directory: In MP3 mode, press
MENU
to go to
the previous or next MP3 directory.
Flat file/directory mode: Press
MENU
to select Flat file mode
or Directory mode.
Track number/music name/file name: In MP3 mode, press
MENU to view by track number, music name or file name.
23
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
Dolby:
Press
Dolby noise reduction: Reduces tape noise and hiss.
MENU to cycle Dolby ON/OFF. The Dolby noise
reduction system is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation. Dolby and the double-D symbol are registered
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
5. TUNE: Press to manually go
down/up (
/
) the radio
frequency and also to select
various settings in menu mode.
6. Tape eject: Press to eject the
tape.
7. Tape 1–2: Press to change
playing sides of the tape.
8. TEXT: In MP3 mode, press to
view the next 12 characters in
the MP3 Music name/file name
of the current MP3 track and directory.
9. SHUFF (Shuffle): In CD or
MP3 mode, press to play the
tracks on the current CD/MP3
in random order. In MP3 directory mode, press to play the tracks
within the current directory in random order.
10. REPEAT: Press to repeat the
current CD/MP3 track.
11. FF (Fast forward): In tape
mode, press to fast forward the
tape. In CD mode, press to
manually advance in a CD track.
12. REW (Rewind): In tape mode,
REW
1
press to rewind the tape. In CD
mode, press to manually reverse
in a CD track.
24
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
13. Memory presets: To set a
station: Select frequency band
AM/FM; tune to a station, press
and hold a preset button until sound returns. To select a preset
station, press the desired memory preset button.
14. AM/FM: Press to select
AM/FM1/FM2 frequency band.
15. SEEK/TRACK: In radio mode, press
/
to access the
next/previous strong station. In CD and MP3 flat file mode, press to
access the next track. In MP3 directory mode, press to select the
next/previous track in the current directory.
16. Scan: In radio mode, scan
through the available stations.
In tape mode, you may set
SCAN on or off. If activated, the player will scan the tape and plays a
short Introduction of each song. In CD and MP3 flat file mode, you
may set the scan on or off. If activated, the system will scan through
each track. In MP3 directory mode, you may set scan on or off. If
activated, the system will scan in the current directory.
17. ON/OFF/Volume: Press to turn
ON/OFF. Turn to
increase/decrease volume.
If the volume is set above a
certain level and the ignition is
turned off, the volume will come
back on at a “nominal” listening level when the ignition switch is
turned back on.
18. CD: Press to enter CD mode. If
a CD is already in the system,
the disc will begin play.
19. CD slot: Insert a CD, label side
up.
CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4.75 in (12 cm)
audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain
recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function
correctly when used in Mazda CD players. Irregular shaped CDs,
CDs with a scratch protection film attached, and CDs with
homemade paper (adhesive) labels should not be inserted into
25
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
the CD player. The label may peel and cause the CD to become
jammed. It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified
with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please contact your dealer for
further information.
20. Cassette slot: Insert a cassette, facing to the right.
PREMIUM IN-DASH CD6/MP3 DISC AUDIO SYSTEM
1. AM/FM: Press to select
AM/FM1/FM2 frequency bands.
2. CD: Press to enter CD mode. If
a CD is already in the system,
the disc will start playing.
3. EJ (CD eject): To eject an
individual CD, press CD and
select the correct slot number
by pressing the memory preset buttons. Press and hold EJ to eject
all loaded CDs.
26
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
4. CLK (Clock): Press CLK until
SELECT HOUR or SELECT
MINUTE is displayed. Press
MENU
to adjust the
hours/minutes. Press CLK to display the time when the ignition is
off.
5. MUTE: Press to mute the
playing media. Press again to
return to the playing media.
6. MENU: Press MENU repeatedly
to toggle through the following
modes and use
/
to make
adjustment in those modes.
Autoset: Allows you to set the
strongest local radio stations
without losing your original
manually set preset stations for
AM/FM1/FM2 . Press MENU to access. Use
MENU
to set.
When the six strongest stations are filled, the station stored in preset 1
will begin playing. If there are less than six strong stations, the system
will store the last one in the remaining presets.
Bass: Press
MENU
MENU
MENU
to decrease/increase the bass setting.
to decrease/increase the treble setting.
to adjust the audio between the left and
Treble: Press
Balance: Press
right speakers.
Fade: Press
MENU
to adjust the audio between the front and
rear speakers.
Next/previous directory: In MP3 mode, press MENU
/
to go to
the previous/next directory.
Flat file/directory mode: In MP3 mode, press MENU to access this
feature. Use MENU to select flat file mode or directory mode.
Track #/normal music name/file name: Press MENU to access and
use to scroll through MP3 display options (track #, normal music
/
name or file name).
27
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
7. TUNE/DISC: Press to manually go down/up (
/
) the radio
frequency, select the previous/next CD or to select various settings
in menu mode. In MP3 directory mode, press
previous/next directory
/
to access the
8. TEXT: In MP3 normal music name/file name mode, press to view the
next 12 characters in the MP3 music name/filename of the current
MP3 track and directory.
9. SHUFF (Shuffle): Press to
play the tracks on the current
CD/MP3 in random order. In
MP3 directory mode, press to play the tracks within the current
directory in random order.
10. REPEAT: Press to repeat the
current CD/MP3 track.
11. FF (Fast forward): Press to
manually advance in a CD track.
12. REW (Rewind): Press to
REW
1
manually reverse in a CD track.
13. Memory presets: To set a
station: Select frequency band
AM/FM; tune to a station, press
and hold a preset button until sound returns. To select a preset
station, press the desired memory preset.
14. SEEK/TRACK: In radio, CD and MP3 flat file mode, press
/
to access the next/previous strong station or track. In MP3 directory
mode, press to select the next/previous track in the current
directory.
15. SCAN: In radio, CD and MP3
flat file mode, press for a brief
sampling of radio stations or
CD/MP3 tracks. In MP3 directory mode, press to hear a brief
sampling of all tracks in the current directory. Press again to stop.
28
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
16. ON/OFF/Volume: Press to turn
ON/OFF. Turn to
increase/decrease volume.
If the volume is set above a
certain level and the ignition is
turned off, the volume will come
back on at a “nominal” listening level when the ignition switch is
turned back on.
17. LOAD: To load a CD/MP3 disc to a specific slot, press LOAD and
select the slot number by pressing the memory preset buttons. Press
and hold LOAD to autoload up to six discs.
18. CD slot: Insert a CD, label side up.
CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4.75 in (12 cm)
audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain
recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function
correctly when used in Mazda CD players. Irregular shaped CDs,
CDs with a scratch protection film attached, and CDs with
homemade paper (adhesive) labels should not be inserted into
the CD player. The label may peel and cause the CD to become
jammed. It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified
with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please contact your dealer for
further information.
RADIO FREQUENCIES
AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC). Those frequencies are:
AM - 530, 540–1700, 1710 kHz
FM- 87.7, 87.9–107.7, 107.9 MHz
RADIO RECEPTION FACTORS
There are three factors that can affect radio reception:
• Distance/strength: The further you travel from an FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall buildings, power lines, electric fences,
traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.
• Station overload: When you pass a broadcast tower, a stronger signal
may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency
is displayed.
29
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
CASSETTE/PLAYER CARE
Do:
• Use only cassettes that are 90 minutes long or less.
• Tighten very loose tapes by inserting a finger or pencil into the hole
and turning the hub.
• Remove loose labels before inserting tapes.
• Allow tapes which have been subjected to extreme heat, humidity or
cold to reach a moderate temperature before playing.
• Clean the cassette player head with a cassette cleaning cartridge after
10–12 hours of play to maintain good sound/operation.
Don’t:
• Expose tapes to direct sunlight, extreme humidity, heat or cold.
• Leave tapes in the cassette player for a long time when not being
played.
CD/CD PLAYER CARE
Do:
• Handle discs by their edges only. Never touch the playing surface.
• Inspect discs before playing. Clean only with an approved CD cleaner
and wipe from the center out.
Don’t:
• Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods
of time.
• Insert more than one disc into each slot of the CD changer magazine.
• Clean using a circular motion.
CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4.75 in (12 cm)
audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain
recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function
correctly when used in Mazda CD players. Irregular shaped CDs,
CDs with a scratch protection film attached, and CDs with
homemade paper (adhesive) labels should not be inserted into
the CD player. The label may peel and cause the CD to become
jammed. It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified
with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels. Ball
point pens may damage CDs. Please contact your dealer for
further information.
30
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entertainment Systems
AUDIO SYSTEM WARRANTY AND SERVICE
Refer to the Warranty Guide for audio system warranty information. If
service is necessary, see your authorized Mazda dealership.
31
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
HEATER ONLY SYSTEM
(IF EQUIPPED)
1. Fan speed adjustment:
Controls the volume of air
circulated in the vehicle.
2. Temperature selection:
Controls the temperature of the
airflow in the vehicle.
3. Air flow selections: Controls the direction of the airflow in the
vehicle. See the following for a brief description on each control.
: Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents.
OFF: Outside air is shut out and the fan will not operate.
: Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents and the
floor vents.
: Distributes outside air through the floor vents.
: Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and
floor vents.
: Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents.
Operating tips
• To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather, place
the air flow selector in the
position.
• To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle during cold or warm
weather, do not drive with the air flow selector in the OFF position.
• Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the air
flow to the rear seats.
• Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of
the windshield.
To aid in side window defogging/demisting in cold weather:
1. Select
.
2. Modulate the temperature control to maintain comfort.
3. Set the fan speed to the highest setting.
4. Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows.
To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents, close the vents
located in the middle of the instrument panel.
32
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Climate Controls
WARNING: Do not place objects on top of the instrument panel
as these objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden
stop.
MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
(IF EQUIPPED)
1. Fan speed adjustment:
Controls the volume of air
circulated in the vehicle.
2. Temperature selection:
Controls the temperature of the
airflow in the vehicle.
3. Air flow selections: Controls the direction of the airflow in the
vehicle. See the following for a brief description on each control.
MAX A/C (if equipped): A/C compressor is ON. Recirculated air flows
from the instrument panel vents only. Temperature of air is not
adjustable (cold only).
A/C (if equipped): A/C compressor is ON. Outside air flows from the
instrument panel vents only.
: Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents only.
(A/C compressor is OFF).
OFF: Outside air is shut off and the fan motor does not operate.
: Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents and the
floor vents. (A/C compressor is ON).
: Distributes outside air through the floor vents. (A/C compressor is
OFF).
: Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and
the floor vents. (A/C compressor is ON).
: Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents only.
(A/C compressor is ON).
Operating tips
• To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather, place
the air flow selector in the
position.
• To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle: do not drive with the
air flow selector in the OFF position.
33
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Climate Controls
• Under normal weather conditions, do not leave the air flow selector in
MAX A/C or OFF when the vehicle is parked. This allows the vehicle
to “breathe” using the outside air inlet vents.
• Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the
airflow to the back seats.
• Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of
the windshield.
To aid in side window defogging/demisting in cold weather:
1. Select
.
2. Modulate the temperature control to maintain comfort.
3. Set the fan speed to HI.
4. Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows.
To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents, close the vents
located in the middle of the instrument panel.
WARNING: Do not place objects on top of the instrument panel
as these objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden
stop.
34
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
Lights
HEADLAMP CONTROL
Turns the lamps off.
OFF
Turns on the parking
lamps, instrument panel lamps,
license plate lamps and tail lamps.
Turns the headlamps on.
Foglamp control (if equipped)
The foglamps can be turned on
when the ignition is in the ON
position and the headlamp control is
in either of the following positions:
• Parking lamps
• Low beams
Press the foglamp control to activate the foglamps.
Press the foglamp control again to deactivate the foglamps.
When the highbeams are activated, the foglamps will not operate.
Daytime running lamps (DRL) (if equipped)
Turns the headlamps on with a reduced output.
To activate:
• the ignition must be in the ON position and
• the headlamp control is in the OFF or parking lamp.
WARNING: Always remember to turn on your headlamps at
dusk or during inclement weather. The Daytime Running Lamp
(DRL) system does not activate the parking lights or side
marker lights and generally may not provide adequate lighting
during these conditions. Failure to activate your headlamps
under these conditions may result in a collision.
35
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
High beams
After turning the headlamps on,
push the lever toward the
instrument panel to activate. Pull
the lever towards you to deactivate.
Flash to pass
Pull toward you slightly to activate
and release to deactivate.
PANEL DIMMER CONTROL
Use to adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel and all applicable
switches in the vehicle during
headlamp and parklamp operation.
Move the control up or down to
adjust the intensity of the panel
lighting.
DIM
Move the control to the full upright
position, past detent, to turn on the interior lamps.
AIMING THE HEADLAMPS
The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed before leaving the
assembly plant. If your vehicle is involved in an accident or if you have
problems fixing the alignment of your headlamps, have them checked by
a qualified service technician.
36
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
HEADLAMP AIM ADJUSTMENT
The headlamps are designed to be mechanically aimed, but can also be
aimed visually by doing the following:
1. Park your vehicle on a level
surface about 25 feet
(7.6 meters) away from a
vertical plain surface (3).
Check your headlamp alignment
at night or in a dark area so
that you can see the headlamp
beam pattern.
• (1) Eight feet
• (2) Center height of lamp to
ground
• (3) Twenty-five feet
• (4) Horizontal reference line
• (5) Center of headlamps
• (6) Center line of the vehicle
2. The center of the headlamp is marked either on the lens (a circle or
cross marker) or on the bulb shield, internal to the lamp (mark or
feature). Measure the height from the center of your headlamp to
the ground (2) and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter) long horizontal line
on the wall or screen (1) at this height (masking tape works well).
3. Turn on the low beam
headlamps and open the hood.
4. Locate the high intensity area of
the beam pattern and place the
top edge of the intensity zone
even with the horizontal
reference line (4). If the top
edge of the high intensity area
is not even with the horizontal
line, follow the next step to
adjust it.
37
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
5. Locate the vertical adjuster for
each headlamp. Adjust the aim
by using a 4 mm wrench to turn
the adjuster control either
clockwise (to adjust down) or
counterclockwise (to adjust up).
6. In addition to the horizontal line
marked in step 2, a pair of
vertical lines (5) must be
marked at the center line of the
headlamps on the wall or
screen.
7. On the wall or screen, locate the high intensity area of the beam
pattern. The left edge of the high intensity area should be even with
the vertical line corresponding to the headlamp under adjustment. If
the left edge of the high intensity area is not even with the vertical
line, follow the next step to adjust it.
8. Locate the horizontal adjuster
for each headlamp. Use a 4 mm
wrench, turning it clockwise or
counterclockwise, to place the
left edge of the high intensity
area even with the vertical line
corresponding to the headlamp
under adjustment.
TURN SIGNAL CONTROL
• Push down to activate the left
turn signal.
• Push up to activate the right turn
signal.
38
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
COURTESY/READING LAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
The courtesy lamp lights when:
• any door is opened.
• the instrument panel dimmer
switch is held up until the
courtesy lamps come on.
• the remote entry controls are
pressed and the ignition is OFF.
BULBS
Replacing exterior bulbs
Check the operation of all the bulbs frequently.
Using the right bulbs
Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below. Headlamp bulbs
must be marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for North America and an
“E” for Europe to assure lamp performance, light brightness and pattern
and safe visibility.
NOTE:The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the
lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time.
Function
Number of bulbs
Trade number
3457 AK (amber)
9007
Park/turn/side marker
lamps (front)
Headlamps
Fog lamps (if
equipped)
2
2
2
9006
Hi-mount brake lamp
Rear stop/tail lamps
Rear turn lamps
Rear license plate
lamps
1
2
2
2
922
4157K or 3157K
3156
194
Backup lamps
Dome lamp
2
1
3156K
912
39
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
Function
Number of bulbs
Trade number
Map/dome-SuperCab
(if equipped)
2
904
Map/dome-Regular
Cab (if equipped)
1
1
904
904
All replacement bulbs are clear in color except where noted.
To replace all instrument panel lights - see your dealer.
Replacing the interior bulbs
Check the operation of the following interior bulbs frequently:
• interior overhead lamp
• map lamp
For bulb replacement, see an authorized Mazda dealer.
Replacing headlamp bulbs
NOTE: The procedure can be difficult. Your Mazda dealer has the proper
tools, training and parts to perform this task. If you have difficulty with
this, visit your local Mazda dealer.
WARNING: Handling Halogen Bulbs: When a halogen bulb
breaks, it is dangerous. These bulbs contain pressurized gas. If
one is broken, it will explode and serious injuries could be
caused by the flying glass. If the glass portion of the bulb is
touched with bare hands, body oil could cause the bulb to
overheat and explode when lit. Never touch the glass portion of
the bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection
when handling or working around halogen bulbs.
Children and Halogen Bulbs: Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a
halogen bulb or breaking in some other way. Always keep
halogen bulbs out of the reach of children.
To remove the headlamp bulb:
40
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
1. Make sure headlamp switch is in OFF position, then open the hood.
2. Reach behind the lamp assembly for access and disconnect the
electrical connector.
3. Locate the bulb retaining ring
behind the headlamp assembly.
4. Remove the bulb retaining ring
by turning it counterclockwise
and remove the old bulb by
gently pulling it straight back
out of the lamp assembly. Keep
the retaining ring to retain the
new bulb.
To install the new bulb:
Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of
children’s reach. Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do
not touch the glass. The oil from your hands could cause the bulb
to break the next time the headlamps are operated. Always wear
safety glasses while handling bulbs.
NOTE: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it should be cleaned with
rubbing alcohol before being used.
1. With the flat side of the bulb’s plastic base facing upward, insert the
glass end of the bulb into the lamp assembly. You may need to turn
the bulb left or right to align the grooves in the plastic base with the
tabs in the lamp assembly. When the grooves are aligned, push the
bulb into the lamp assembly until the plastic base contacts the rear
of the lamp assembly.
2. Install the bulb retaining ring over the plastic base until it contacts
the rear of the socket by rotating clockwise until you feel a “stop.”
3. Install the electrical connector into the plastic base until it snaps,
locking it into position.
41
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
4. Turn the headlamps on and make sure they work properly. If the
headlamp was correctly aligned before you changed the bulb, you
should not need to align it again.
Replacing front park/turn side marker bulbs
1. Make sure headlamp switch is in
OFF position, then open the
hood.
2. Remove the screw from lamp
assembly.
3. Disengage lamp assembly by
pulling it straight forward. It has
a snap fit.
4. Rotate bulb socket
counterclockwise and remove
from lamp assembly.
5. Carefully pull bulb straight out
of socket and push in the new
bulb.
6. Install the bulb socket in lamp
assembly by turning clockwise.
7. Align the lamp on the vehicle
and push to snap in place.
8. Install the screw on lamp assembly.
42
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
Replacing stop lamp/tail lamp/sidemarker lamp/turn lamp/backup
lamp bulbs
These bulbs are located in the same
portion of the tail lamp assembly,
one just below the other. Follow the
same steps to replace either bulb:
1. Open the tailgate to expose the
lamp assemblies.
2. Remove the four screws and the
lamp assembly from vehicle.
3. Rotate the bulb socket
counterclockwise and remove
from lamp assembly.
4. Carefully pull the bulb straight
out of the socket and push in
the new bulb.
5. Install the bulb socket in lamp
assembly by turning clockwise.
6. Install the lamp assembly and
secure with four screws.
43
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
Replacing fog lamp bulbs
WARNING: Handling Halogen Bulbs: When a halogen bulb
breaks, it is dangerous. These bulbs contain pressurized gas. If
one is broken, it will explode and serious injuries could be
caused by the flying glass. If the glass portion of the bulb is
touched with bare hands, body oil could cause the bulb to
overheat and explode when lit. Never touch the glass portion of
the bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection
when handling or working around halogen bulbs.
Children and Halogen Bulbs: Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a
halogen bulb or breaking in some other way. Always keep
halogen bulbs out of the reach of children.
NOTE: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it should be cleaned with
rubbing alcohol before being used.
1. Remove the bulb socket from
the fog lamp by turning
counterclockwise.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector from the fog lamp
bulb.
3. Connect the electrical connector to the new fog lamp bulb.
4. Install the bulb socket in the fog lamp turning clockwise.
Replacing high-mount brake lamp
To remove the brake lamp assembly:
1. Remove the two screws and
lamp assembly from vehicle.
2. Remove the bulb socket from
lamp assembly by rotating it counterclockwise.
3. Carefully pull bulb straight out of socket and push in the new bulb.
To install the brake lamp assembly:
1. Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly by rotating clockwise.
2. Install the lamp assembly on the vehicle and secure with two screws.
44
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lights
Replacing license plate lamp bulbs
The license plate bulbs are located
behind the rear bumper. To change
the license plate lamp bulbs:
1. Reach behind the rear bumper
to locate the bulb socket.
2. Twist the socket
counterclockwise and remove.
3. Pull out the old bulb from
socket and push in the new
bulb.
4. Install the bulb socket in lamp assembly by turning it clockwise.
45
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
Driver Controls
MULTI-FUNCTION LEVER
Windshield wiper: Rotate the end
of the control away from you to
increase the speed of the wipers
(from desired interval to low or high
speed position); rotate towards you
to decrease the speed of the wipers.
Windshield washer: Push the end
of the stalk:
• briefly: causes a single swipe of
the wipers without washer fluid.
• a quick push and hold: the wipers
will swipe three times with
washer fluid.
• a long push and hold: the wipers
and washer fluid will be activated
for up to ten seconds.
Windshield wiper blades
If the wiper blades do not wipe properly, clean both the windshield and
wiper blades using undiluted windshield wiper solution or a mild
detergent. Rinse thoroughly with clean water. To avoid damaging the
blades, do not use fuel, kerosene, paint thinner or other solvents.
Check the wiper blades for wear at least twice a year or when they seem
less effective. Substances such as tree sap and some hot wax treatments
used by commercial car washes reduce the effectiveness of wiper blades.
46
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
Changing the wiper blades
1. Pull the wiper arm away from
the vehicle. Turn the blade at an
angle from the wiper arm. Push
the lock pin manually to release
the blade and pull the wiper
blade down toward the
windshield to remove it from
the arm.
2. Attach the new wiper to the
wiper arm and press it into
place until a click is heard.
3. Replace wiper blades every 6 months for optimum performance.
4. Poor wiper quality can sometimes be improved by cleaning the wiper
blades, refer to Window and wiper blades in the Cleaning chapter.
5. To prolong the life of the wiper blades, it is highly recommended to
scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers.
The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro
edge of the wiper rubber element.
TILT STEERING WHEEL (IF EQUIPPED)
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull and hold the steering wheel
release control toward you.
2. Move the steering wheel up or
down until you find the desired
location.
3. Release the steering wheel
release control. This will lock
the steering wheel in position.
WARNING: Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is
moving is dangerous. Moving it can very easily cause the driver
to abruptly turn to the left or right. This can lead to loss of
control or an accident. Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving.
47
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
AUXILIARY POWER POINT (12VDC)
Power outlets are designed for
accessory plugs only. Do not
hang any type of accessory or
accessory bracket from the
plugs. Improper use of the
power outlets can cause damage
not covered by your warranty.
The auxiliary power points are
located on the instrument panel. Do
not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigarette lighter.
Use the power points.
Do not use the power points for operating the cigarette lighter element.
The maximum power each power point can supply depends on the fuse
rating. For example: a 20A fuse should supply a maximum of 240 Watts,
a 15A fuse should supply a maximum of 180 Watts and a 10A fuse should
supply a maximum of 120 Watts. Exceeding these limits will result in a
blown fuse. Refer to Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel in the
Roadside Emergencies chapter for fuse ratings in your vehicle.
Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used.
POWER WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and
do not let children play with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.
WARNING: When closing the power windows, you should verify
they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and/or
pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.
Press and hold the bottom part of
the rocker switch to open the
window. Press and hold the top part
of the rocker switch to close the
window.
48
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
One touch down
Allows the driver’s window to open
fully without holding the control
down. Press completely down on
AUTO and release quickly. Press
again to stop.
AUTOMATIC DIMMING REAR VIEW MIRRORS (IF EQUIPPED)
When the inside rear view mirror detects bright light from behind the
vehicle, the inside rear view mirror will automatically darken to minimize
glare.
Do not block the sensor on the backside of the inside rear view mirror
since this may impair proper system performance.
Press the left button on the mirror
to turn the auto dimming ON or
OFF. The green indicator light left
of the display will illuminate when
this feature is ON.
COMPASS/TEMPERATURE EC MIRROR (IF EQUIPPED)
The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large
buildings, bridges, power lines and powerful broadcast antennas.
Magnetic or metallic objects placed in, on or near the vehicle may also
affect compass accuracy.
Usually, when something affects the compass readings, the compass will
correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal
conditions. If the compass still appears to be inaccurate, a manual
calibration may be necessary. Refer to Compass calibration
adjustment.
Most geographic areas (zones) have a magnetic north compass point that
varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps. This variation is four
degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the
vehicle crosses multiple zones. A correct zone setting will eliminate this
error. Refer to Compass zone adjustment.
49
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
Outside air temperature
Display operation of the mirror with
the compass feature:
• Press the right button to toggle
the display between the compass
direction and no display.
Display operation of mirror with
temperature and compass feature:
• Press the right button once to
display temperature °F and
compass.
• Press the right button twice to display temperature °C and compass.
• Press the right button three times to turn the display OFF.
WARNING: The outside temperature indicator is not designed
to serve as an ICE warning device and is therefore unsuitable
for that purpose. Indicated temperatures just above the
freezing point does not guarantee that the road surface is free
of ice.
Compass zone adjustment
1. Determine which compass zone
you are in by referring to the
zone map.
3 2
4
1
15
2. Turn ignition to the ON
position.
14
13
5
12
6
7 8 91011
50
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
3. To change the zone setting,
push and hold the right button
until ZONE appears in the
display.
4. Press the right button
repeatedly until desired
compass zone number is
displayed. The display will
change back to the compass
direction after 3 seconds when
the button is not activated.
Compass calibration adjustment
The compass calibrates itself under normal driving conditions. There is
not a need for manual compass calibration. If calibration is still desired,
follow these instructions:
1. Start the vehicle.
2. For optimum calibration, turn off all electrical accessories and make
sure that all vehicle doors are shut.
3. Perform this adjustment in an open area free from steel structures
and high voltage lines.
4. Press and hold the left button
for approximately 3 seconds
until CAL appears in the display.
Release the left button to enter
the calibration mode.
5. Drive the vehicle slowly (less
than 5 km/h [3 mph] in a circle
until CAL indicator disappears
in the display (about two or
three circles).
6. The compass is now calibrated.
51
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
POWER MIRROR CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
To adjust your mirrors:
1. Select
mirror or
mirror.
to adjust the left
to adjust the right
2. Move the control in the
direction you wish to tilt the
mirror.
3. Return to the center position to
lock mirrors in place.
FOLD-AWAY MIRRORS
Pull the side mirrors in carefully
when driving through a narrow
space, like an automatic car wash.
SPEED CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
With speed control set, you can maintain a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h)
or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. Speed
control does not work at speeds below 30 mph (48 km/h).
WARNING: Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on
roads that are winding, slippery, or unpaved. You may lose
control of the vehicle.
WARNING: Do not shift the gearshift lever into N (Neutral)
with the speed control on. You may lose control of the vehicle
or cause engine system damage.
52
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
Setting speed control
The controls for using your speed
control are located on the steering
wheel for your convenience.
1. Press the ON control and
release it.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
3. Press the SET + control and
release it.
4. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal.
5. The indicator light
instrument cluster will turn on.
Note:
on the
• Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a
steep hill.
• If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill, you
may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed.
• If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below
your set speed on an uphill, your speed control will disengage.
• If the vehicle speed decreases to 30 mph (48 km/h) or less, your
speed control will disengage
Disengaging speed control
To disengage the speed control:
• Depress the brake pedal or
• Depress the clutch pedal (if equipped).
Disengaging the speed control will not erase previous set speed.
Note: When you use the clutch pedal to disengage the speed control,
the engine speed may briefly increase, this is normal.
53
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
Resuming a set speed
Press the RES (resume) control and
release it. This will automatically
return the vehicle to the previously
set speed. The RES control will not
work if the vehicle speed is not
faster than 30 mph (48 km/h).
Increasing speed while using speed control
There are three ways to set a higher
speed:
• Press and hold the SET + control
until you get to the desired
speed, then release the control.
• Press and release the SET +
control to operate the Tap-Up function. Each tap will increase the set
speed by 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed. When the
vehicle reaches that speed press and release the SET + control.
Reducing speed while using speed control
There are three ways to reduce a
set speed:
• Press and hold the CST - control
until you get to the desired
speed, then release the control.
• Press and release the CST -
control to operate the Tap-Down
function. Each tap will decrease the set speed by 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• Depress the brake pedal or the
clutch pedal (if equipped) until
the desired vehicle speed is
reached, press the SET + control.
54
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
Turning off speed control
There are three ways to turn off the speed control:
• Depress the brake pedal or the clutch pedal (if equipped). This will
not erase your vehicle’s previously set speed.
• Press the speed control OFF
control.
• Turn OFF the ignition.
Note: When you turn off the speed
control or the ignition, your speed
control set speed memory is erased.
Note: Fully depressing the clutch
pedal may cause a flare in engine RPM as the throttle is returned to idle.
This is normal.
OVERDRIVE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
Activating overdrive
(Overdrive) is the normal drive position for the best fuel economy.
The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through
all available gears.
Deactivating overdrive
Press the Transmission Control
Switch (TCS) located on the end of
the gearshift lever. The O/D Off
O/D
ON/OFF
indicator light will illuminate on the
instrument cluster. The transmission
will operate in all gears except overdrive.
To return to normal overdrive mode, press the Transmission Control
Switch again. The O/D Off indicator light will no longer be illuminated.
When you shut off and re-start your vehicle, the transmission will
automatically return to normal
(Overdrive) mode.
For additional information about the gearshift lever and the transmission
control switch operation refer to the Automatic Transmission
Operation section of the Driving chapter.
55
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
CENTER CONSOLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
variety of console features. These
include:
• Utility compartment with
cassette/compact disc storage
• Cupholders
• Coin holder slots
• Flip up armrest
• Passenger airbag on/off switch (if
equipped)
WARNING: Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects
can injure you in a collision.
BED EXTENDER (IF EQUIPPED)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a bed extender designed to extend
the pickup box for longer loads.
To extend the bed extender:
1. Lower tailgate.
2. Pull the round knobs on each
side of the extender to release
it from the pickup box.
3. Pivot extender on to the
tailgate.
56
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driver Controls
4. Evenly push down on the
extender and push the round
knobs in on each side locking it
in place.
Green markings on the shaft
indicate the locked position. The
locking clip screws below the middle
bar can be tightened
counterclockwise for extra security.
Note: If the red marking on the
shaft is visible, the bed extender is not locked or properly
secured.
To stow the bed extender, follow steps one through four in reverse order.
The bed extender may be used to secure a load of up to 100 lb. (46 kg)
on the tailgate.
The bed extender should always be kept in the stowed position
with the tailgate closed when not in use.
When driving the vehicle off road, the bed extender should be in
the stowed position and the tailgate closed.
To remove the bed extender:
1. Extend the bed extender.
2. Pull the round knobs on each
side of the extender to unlock
it.
Make sure the locking clip screws
are loose before removing the
extender.
3. Press the locking clips below
the middle bar on each side and
lift the extender out of the bed.
Note: Remove and store the bed extender when not in use.
To install the bed extender, follow the removal procedure in reverse
order.
57
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locks and Security
Locks and Security
KEYS
The key operates all locks on your vehicle. In case of loss, replacement
keys are available from your dealer.
You should always carry a second key with you in a safe place in case
you require it in an emergency.
POWER DOOR LOCKS (IF EQUIPPED)
Press the top of the control to
unlock all doors and the bottom to
lock all doors.
UNLOCK
LOCK
REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
The typical operating range for your remote entry transmitter is
approximately 33 feet (10 meters). A decrease in operating range could
be caused by:
• weather conditions,
• nearby radio towers,
• structures around the vehicle, or
• other vehicles parked next to your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with a remote entry system which allows you to:
58
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locks and Security
• unlock the vehicle doors without
a key.
• lock all the vehicle doors without
a key.
• activate the personal alarm.
If there is any potential remote keyless entry problem with your vehicle,
ensure ALL remote entry transmitters are taken to the dealership, to
aid in troubleshooting.
Unlocking the doors
1. Press
and release to unlock the driver’s door. Note: The interior
lamps will illuminate.
2. Press
doors.
and release again within three seconds to unlock all the
Locking the doors
• Press and release to lock all the doors. The park lamps will flash
once to confirm lock; if any of the doors are not properly closed, the
lamps will not flash.
• If
is pressed a second time within three seconds, the lamps will
flash again and the horn will chirp to confirm all doors are locked and
closed. If either door is ajar the lamps will not flash and the horn will
chirp twice.
Sounding a panic alarm
Press
to activate the alarm. The horn will sound for a maximum of
30 seconds and the parklamps will flash for a maximum of 3 minutes.
Press again or turn the ignition to ON to deactivate, or wait for the alarm
to timeout in 3 minutes.
Note: The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is in the OFF
or ACC position.
Replacing the battery
The remote entry transmitter uses one coin type three-volt lithium
battery CR2032 or equivalent.
59
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locks and Security
To replace the battery:
1. Twist a thin coin between the
two halves of the remote entry
transmitter near the key ring.
DO NOT TAKE THE RUBBER
COVER AND CIRCUIT BOARD
OFF THE FRONT HOUSING OF
THE REMOTE ENTRY
TRANSMITTER.
2. Do not wipe off any grease on
the battery terminals on the
back surface of the circuit
board.
3. Remove the old battery. Note: Please refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
4. Insert the new battery. Refer to the diagram inside the remote entry
transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery. Press the
battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery
housing cavity.
5. Snap the two halves back together.
Note: Replacement of the battery will not cause the remote transmitter
to become deprogrammed from your vehicle. The remote transmitter
should operate normally after battery replacement.
Replacing lost remote entry transmitters
If you would like to have your remote entry transmitter reprogrammed
because you lost one, or would like to buy additional remote entry
transmitters, you can either reprogram them yourself, or take all
remote entry transmitters to your authorized dealer for
reprogramming.
How to reprogram your remote entry transmitters
You must have all remote entry transmitters (maximum of four)
available before beginning this procedure.
60
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locks and Security
To reprogram the remote entry
transmitters:
4
1. Ensure the vehicle is
electronically unlocked.
3
5
2. Put the key in the ignition.
2
3. Turn the key from the 2
(LOCK) position to 3 (OFF).
1
4. Cycle eight times rapidly (within
10 seconds) between the 3
(OFF) position and 4 (ON).
Note: The eighth turn must end in the 4 (ON) position.
5. The doors will lock, then unlock, to confirm that the programming
mode has been activated.
6. Within 20 seconds press any button on the remote entry transmitter.
Note: If more than 20 seconds have passed you will need to start
the procedure over again.
7. The doors will lock, then unlock, to confirm that this remote entry
transmitter has been programmed.
8. Repeat Step 6 to program each additional remote entry transmitter.
9. Turn the ignition to the 3 (OFF) position after you have finished
programming all of the remote entry transmitters. Note: After 20
seconds, you will automatically exit the programming mode.
10. The doors will lock, then unlock, to confirm that the programming
mode has been exited.
Illuminated entry
The interior lamps illuminate when the remote entry system is used to
unlock the door(s) or sound the personal alarm.
The illuminated entry system will turn off the interior lights if:
• the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or
• the remote transmitter lock control is pressed, or
• after 25 seconds of illumination.
The inside lights will not turn off if:
• they have been turned on with the dimmer control, or
• any door is open.
The battery saver will shut off the interior lamps after several minutes if
they are left on accidentally.
61
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Seating and Safety Restraints
SEATING
Adjusting the front manual seat (if equipped)
WARNING: Never adjust the driver’s seat or seatback when the
vehicle is moving.
WARNING: Always drive and ride with your seatback upright
and the lap belt snug and low across the hips. Sitting in a
reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don’t get the full protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you can slide under the lap belt
and suffer serious internal injuries. For maximum protection,
sit well back and upright. The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision, this would concentrate the
impact force directly on the abdominal area, causing serious
injury. Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as
possible.
Lift the release bar to move seat
forward or backward. Ensure that
the seat is locked into place.
Pull lever located at the side of the
seat cushion up to adjust seatback.
62
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
60/40 seat (if equipped)
To gain access to the storage
compartment in your armrest (if
equipped), lift the latch to open lid.
The 60/40 seat cupholder (if
equipped) is detachable for
cleaning.
• Firmly grasp the bottom of the
cup holder and pull up.
To re-attach:
• Slide the cupholder over the two pins located on the front of the 60%
driver’s seat.
• Press down until it is firmly latched into place.
Using the manual lumbar support (if equipped)
Turn the lumbar support control
clockwise to increase firmness.
Turn the lumbar support control
counterclockwise to increase
softness.
Passenger side rear access (if equipped)
Pull up on the recliner handle. The
seat will lean forward. Lift the
release bar to move the seat forward
to access the rear area of the cab.
63
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
To return seat to original position, slide the seat bottom back, then push
the seatback up to lock it in place. The seat will lock, and you will have
to use the release bar to move the seat back to the original position.
REAR SEATS
Center facing jump seat (two–door Cab Plus) (if equipped)
To open, pull inboard and down on the seat strap.
To stow the seat, pull seat bottom back to the fully upright position.
WARNING: Do not install a child seat in a center facing jump
seat.
Center facing jump seat (four–door Cab Plus 4) (if equipped)
To open, pull seat assembly down,
then raise seatback.
To stow the seat, fold seat back
down and raise seat assembly to the
fully upright position.
WARNING: Do not install a
child seat in a center facing
jump seat.
SAFETY RESTRAINTS
Safety restraints precautions
WARNING: Always drive and ride with your seatback upright
and the lap belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit
where they can be properly restrained.
WARNING: Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap
while the vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the
child from injury in a collision.
64
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Never adjust the driver’s seat or seatback when the
vehicles is moving. Adjusting the driver’s seat while the vehicle
is moving is dangerous. The driver could lose control of the
vehicle and have an accident. Adjust the driver’s seat only when
the vehicle is stopped.
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area,
inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do
not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety
belt.
WARNING: Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific
safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one
tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the
shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the
shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the safety belt
around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a
single belt for more than one person.
WARNING: On four-door Cab Plus 4 vehicles, do not open the
rear door when the rear seat belt is still buckled.
65
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Combination lap and shoulder belts
1. Insert the belt tongue into the
proper buckle (the buckle
closest to the direction the
tongue is coming from) until
you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is
securely fastened in the buckle.
2. To unfasten, push the release
button and remove the tongue
from the buckle.
The front outboard safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap
and shoulder belts. The front passenger outboard safety belt has two
types of locking modes described below:
Energy Management Feature
• This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management
feature at the front outboard seating positions to help further reduce
the risk of injury in the event of a head-on collision.
• This safety belt system has a retractor assembly that is designed to
pay out webbing in a controlled manner. This feature is designed to
help reduce the belt force acting on the occupant’s chest.
Vehicle sensitive mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle
movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner
sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph (8 km/h)
or more, the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.
66
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Automatic locking mode (outboard front passenger seating
position only) for use with child safety seats
In this mode, the shoulder belt is automatically pre-locked. The belt will
still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt.
The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt.
When to use the automatic locking mode
• Any time a child safety seat is installed in a passenger front seat.
Refer to Safety Restraints for Children, Safety Seats for Children,
or Passenger air bag On/Off switch later in this chapter.
How to use the automatic locking mode (Outboard front passenger
seating position only) for use with child safety seats
• Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
• Grasp the shoulder portion and
pull downward until the entire
belt is pulled out.
• Allow the belt to retract. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking
sound. This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking
mode.
How to disengage the automatic locking mode
Disconnect the combination lap/shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the
vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
67
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: After any vehicle collision, the entire seat belt
system should be checked for proper operation by a qualified
technician. Verify that the ؆automatic locking retractors” in all
outboard seating positions are functioning properly.
Additionally check that the ؆automatic locking mode؆ feature
for child safety seat in the passenger outboard seating position
is functioning properly.
WARNING: BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE
REPLACED if the seat belt assembly “automatic locking
retractor” feature or any other seat belt function is not
operating properly when checked according to the procedures in
Workshop Manual.
WARNING: Failure to replace the Belt and Retractor assembly
could increase the risk of injury in collisions.
Safety belt pretensioner
Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and
front outboard passenger seating positions. Both pretensioners will fire if
the front airbags fire, whether or not there is a belted occupant in either
front outboard seat.
The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate during certain
frontal or near-frontal collisions with sufficient longitudinal deceleration.
A safety belt pretensioner is a device which tightens the webbing of the
lap and shoulder belts in such a way that they fit more snugly against
the body.
The driver and front outboard passenger safety belt system (including
retractors, buckle assembly, pretensioner assembly with seat and height
adjusters) must be replaced if the vehicle is involved in a collision that
results in the activation of the safety belt pretensioners. Refer to the
Safety belt maintenance section in this chapter.
WARNING: Failure to replace the safety belt assembly after a
crash has occurred could result in severe personal injuries in
the event of a collision.
68
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Front safety belt height adjustment
Your vehicle has safety belt height adjustments for the driver and front
passenger. Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across
the middle of your shoulder.
• Regular Cab and four–door Cab
Plus 4
• two–door Cab Plus
To lower the shoulder belt height, push the button and slide the height
adjuster down. To raise the height of the shoulder belt, slide the height
adjuster up. Pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in
place.
WARNING: Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the
belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust
the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the
seat belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision.
Adjusting the center and rear center facing jump seat lap belts
The lap belt does not adjust automatically.
69
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: The lap belts should fit snugly and as low as
possible around the hips, not around the waist. Failure to
position the lap belt correctly may cause serious injury in an
accident.
Insert the tongue into the correct
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming
from). To lengthen the belt, turn the
tongue at a right angle to the belt
and pull across your lap until it
reaches the buckle.
To tighten the belt, pull the loose
end of the belt through the tongue
until it fits snugly across the hips.
Shorten and fasten the belt
when not in use to keep the belt
away from door openings and
available after unfolding the
seats.
For the rear jump seat, shorten and
fold the belt into the seat when not
in use.
Safety belt extension assembly
If the safety belt assembly is too short for you, even when fully
extended, 20 cm (8 inches) can be added to the safety belt assembly by
adding a safety belt extension assembly. Safety belt extension assemblies
can be obtained from your authorized Mazda dealership.
Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety
belt. Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on
the label. Also, use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too
short for you when fully extended.
NOTE: Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt
across the torso.
70
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Safety belt warning light and indicator chime
The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a
chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts.
Conditions of operation
If...
Then...
The driver’s safety belt is not
buckled before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position...
The safety belt warning light
illuminates 1-2 minutes and the
warning chime sounds 4-8 seconds.
The driver’s safety belt is
buckled while the indicator
light is illuminated and the
warning chime is sounding...
The driver’s safety belt is
buckled before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position...
The safety belt warning light and
warning chime turn off.
The safety belt warning light and
indicator chime remain off.
BeltMinder
The BeltMinder feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt
warning function. This feature provides additional reminders to the
driver that the driver’s safety belt is unbuckled by intermittently
sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning lamp in the
instrument cluster.
71
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
If...
The driver’s safety belt is not
Then...
The BeltMinder feature is activated -
buckled before the vehicle has the safety belt warning light
reached at least 5 km/h (3 mph) illuminates and the warning chime
and 1-2 minutes have elapsed sounds for 6 seconds every 30
since the ignition switch has
been turned to ON...
seconds, repeating for approximately
5 minutes or until driver’s safety belt
is buckled.
The driver’s safety belt is
buckled while the safety belt
indicator light is illuminated
and the safety belt warning
chime is sounding...
The BeltMinder feature will not
activate.
The driver’s safety belt is
buckled before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position...
The BeltMinder feature will not
activate.
The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts:
(All statistics based on U.S. data)
Reasons given...
Consider...
ЉCrashes are rare eventsЉ
36,700 crashes occur every day.
The more we drive, the more we are
exposed to ЉrareЉ events, even for
good drivers. 1 in 4 of us will be
seriously injured in a crash during
our lifetime.
ЉI’m not going farЉ
3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25
miles of home.
ЉBelts are uncomfortableЉ
Safety belts are designed to enhance
comfort. If you are uncomfortable -
try different positions for the safety
belt upper anchorage and seatback
which should be as upright as
possible; this can improve comfort.
72
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Reasons given...
Consider...
ЉI was in a hurryЉ
Prime time for an accident. Safety
Belt Warning Chime reminds us to
take a few seconds to buckle up.
Safety belts, when used properly,
reduce risk of death to front seat
occupants by 45% in cars, and by
60% in light trucks.
ЉSeat belts don’t workЉ
ЉTraffic is lightЉ
Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in
single-vehicle crashes, many when
no other vehicles are around.
Possibly, but a serious crash can do
much more than wrinkle your clothes,
particularly if you are unbelted.
Set the example, teen deaths occur 4
times more often in vehicles with
TWO or MORE people. Children and
younger brothers/sisters imitate
behavior they see.
ЉBelts wrinkle my clothesЉ
ЉThe people I’m with don’t
wear beltsЉ
ЉI have an air bagЉ
Air bags offer greater protection when
used with safety belts. Frontal airbags
are not designed to inflate in rear and
side crashes or rollovers.
ЉI’d rather be thrown clearЉ
Not a good idea. People who are
ejected are 40 times more likely
to DIE. Safety belts help prevent
ejection, WE CAN’T ЉPICK OUR
CRASHЉ.
WARNING: Always wear the safety belt. Do not be tempted to
sit on top of the belt to fool police or to defeat the warning
system. The safety belt and safety belt warning system are
there to protect your life.
73
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
One time disable
Any time the safety belt is buckled and then unbuckled during an
ignition ON cycle, the BeltMinder will be disabled for that ignition cycle
only.
Deactivating/activating the BeltMinder feature
Read steps 1 - 9 thoroughly before proceeding with the
deactivation/activation programming procedure.
The BeltMinder feature can be deactivated/activated by performing the
following procedure:
Before following the procedure, ensure that the following conditions are
met:
• The parking brake is set.
• The gearshift is in P (Park) (automatic transmission) or the neutral
position (manual transmission).
• The ignition switch is in the OFF position.
• All vehicle doors are closed.
• The driver’s safety belt is unbuckled.
• The parklamps/headlamps are in OFF position (If vehicle is equipped
with Autolamps, this will not affect the procedure).
WARNING: To reduce the risk of injury, do not
deactivate/activate the BeltMinder feature while driving the
vehicle.
BeltMinder activation and deactivation procedure
1. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN (or ON) position. (DO NOT
START THE ENGINE.)
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off. (Approximately 1–2
minutes.)
• Steps 3–5 must be completed within 60 seconds or the procedure will
have to be repeated.
3. Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times, ending with the
safety belt unbuckled. This can be done before or during BeltMinder
warning activation.
4. Turn on the parklamps/headlamps, turn off the
parklamps/headlamps.
74
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
5. Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times, ending with the
safety belt unbuckled.
• After step 5 the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three
seconds.
6. Within seven seconds of the safety belt warning light turning off,
buckle then unbuckle the safety belt.
• This will disable BeltMinder if it is currently enabled, or enable
BeltMinder if it is currently disabled.
7. Confirmation of disabling BeltMinder is provided by the safety belt
warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds.
8. Confirmation of enabling BeltMinder is provided by:
• The safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three
seconds.
• Followed by three seconds with the safety belt warning light off.
• Once again, the safety belt warning light will flash four times per
second for three seconds.
9. After receiving confirmation, the deactivation/activation procedure is
complete.
Safety belt maintenance
Inspect the safety belt systems periodically to make sure they work
properly and are not damaged.
NOTE: If unsure about the proper procedures, bring your vehicle to an
authorized Mazda dealership for inspection. Inspect the safety belts to
make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts, replacing if necessary. Check
all automatic locking retractors on all outboard seating positions as well
as the automatic locking mode for child safety seats on the passenger
front belt. All safety belt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front
seat belt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if
equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt
guide on seatback (if equipped), child safety seat tether bracket
assemblies (if equipped), LATCH child seat tether anchors and lower
anchors (if equipped), and attaching hardware, should be inspected after
a collision. Mazda recommends that all safety belt assemblies used in
vehicles involved in a collision be replaced. However, if the collision was
minor and an authorized Mazda technician finds that the belts do not
show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be
replaced. Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also
be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is
noted.
75
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
The energy absorbing functions may have been activated in a collision so
the restraints should be examined; if the front air bags have deployed,
the pretensioners have also deployed and must be replaced — regardless
of whether there was an occupant in the passenger seat or not.
WARNING: Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the
safety belt assembly under the above conditions could result in
severe personal injuries in the event of a collision.
Refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter.
AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
Important supplemental restraint system (SRS) precautions
The supplemental restraint system is designed to work with the safety
belt to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain
upper body injuries.
WARNING: Air bags DO NOT
inflate slowly or gently and the
risk of injury from a deploying
air bag is greatest close to the
trim covering the air bag
module. Always wear your
safety belt.
76
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Airbags have been known to kill or injure a child in
front facing child restraints. When placing a child safety seat in
a front seating position including the center (if equipped), you
should turn off the passenger airbag switch after being certain
the child is properly restrained. If the child safety seat is in the
outboard seating position, slide the seat all the way back.
WARNING: Do not install a
child seat in a center facing
jump seat.
WARNING: Rear facing child
seats should NEVER be placed
in the front seats unless the
passenger airbag switch is
turned off. See Passenger
airbag ON/OFF switch in this
chapter.
WARNING: All occupants of the vehicle, including the driver,
should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an
air bag supplemental restraint system (SRS) is provided.
WARNING: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance of at least 25 cm (10
inches) between an occupant’s chest and the driver air bag
module.
WARNING: Never place your arm or feet over the air bag
module as a deploying air bag can result in serious arm
fractures or other injuries.
77
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Never place a rear facing infant seat in the front
seat unless the passenger air bag is turned off.
Steps you can take to properly position yourself away from the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two degrees) from the upright
position.
WARNING: Do not put anything on or over the air bag module
including hands or feet. Placing objects on or over the air bag
inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the
air bag into your face and torso causing serious injury.
WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the Air
Bag Supplemental Restraint System or its fuses. See your
authorized Mazda dealership.
WARNING: Modifications to the front end of the vehicle,
including frame, bumper, front end body structure, tow hooks
and snow plows may effect the performance of the air bag
sensors increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify the front
end of the vehicle.
WARNING: Additional equipment may effect the performance
of the air bag sensors increasing the risk of injury. Consult your
authorized Mazda dealership before installation of additional
equipment.
WARNING: The front passenger air bag is not designed to offer
protection to an occupant in the center front seating position.
78
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Children and air bags
For additional important safety information, read all information on
safety restraints in this guide.
WARNING: Never place a
rearward facing child safety
restraint in front of an
activated airbag. Airbags have
been known to kill or injure
children in front facing child
safety restraints. Whenever
placing a child safety seat in a
front seating position
(including center if equipped),
turn off the passenger side air
bag switch after being certain
the child is properly
restrained. If using a forward
facing child safety restraint in
the front outboard seat, slide
the seat all the way back, and
turn off the passenger air bag.
If using a rear facing child
safety seat in the front
outboard seating position,
make sure the passenger
airbag is turned off and slide
the passenger seat all the way
forward until the safety seat
rests on the dashboard. See
Passenger air bag on/off
switch in this chapter.
WARNING: Do not install a
child seat in a center facing
jump seat.
79
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: An air bag can kill or injure a child in a child seat.
Child seats should never be placed in the front seats, unless
passenger air bag switch is turned off. See Passenger air bag
on/off switch in this chapter.
WARNING: Rear facing child seats should NEVER be placed in
the front seats unless the passenger airbag switch is turned off.
WARNING: Booster seats must be installed only in seating
positions equipped with a combination lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit
where they can be properly restrained.
How does the air bag supplemental restraint system work?
The air bag SRS is designed to
activate when the vehicle sustains
sufficient longitudinal deceleration.
The fact that the air bags did not
inflate in a collision does not mean
that something is wrong with the
system. Rather, it means the forces
were not of the type sufficient to
cause activation. Air bags are
designed to inflate in frontal and
near-frontal collisions, not rollover,
side-impact, or rear-impacts.
80
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
The air bags inflate and deflate
rapidly upon activation. After air bag
deployment, it is normal to notice a
smoke-like, powdery residue or
smell the burnt propellant. This may
consist of cornstarch, talcum
powder (to lubricate the bag) or
sodium compounds (e.g., baking
soda) that result from the
combustion process that inflates the
air bag. Small amounts of sodium
hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but
none of the residue is toxic.
While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, it may also
cause minor abrasions, swelling or temporary hearing loss. Because air
bags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures, facial and eye injuries or
internal injuries, particularly to occupants who are not properly
restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of air bag
deployment. Thus, it is extremely important that occupants be properly
restrained as far away from the air bag module as possible while
maintaining vehicle control.
WARNING: Several air bag system components get hot after
inflation. Do not touch them after inflation or you may be
burned.
WARNING: If the air bag has deployed, the air bag will not
function again and must be replaced immediately. If the air bag
is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of
injury in a collision.
The SRS consists of:
• driver and passenger air bag modules (which include the inflators and
air bags),
• passenger air bag deactivation switch and restraint control module
(RCM)
• a readiness light and tone,
81
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
• and the electrical wiring which connects the components.
The RCM (restraints control module) monitors its own internal circuits
and the supplemental air bag electrical system wiring (including the
passenger air bag deactivation switch, the system wiring, the air bag
system readiness light, the air bag back up power and the air bag
ignitors).
Determining if the system is operational
The SRS uses readiness lights in the instrument cluster and the
passenger air bag deactivate switch or a tone to indicate the condition of
the system. Refer to the Air bag readiness section in the
Instrumentation chapter or Passenger air bag deactivate switch
section in this chapter. Routine maintenance of the air bag is not
required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following:
• The readiness lights will either
flash or stay lit.
• The readiness lights will not
illuminate immediately after
ignition is turned on.
• A series of five beeps will be heard. The tone pattern will repeat
periodically until the problem and/or light are repaired.
If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the SRS serviced
at your authorized Mazda dealership immediately.
WARNING: Unless serviced, the system may not function
properly in the event of a collision.
Disposal of air bags and air bag equipped vehicles (including
safety belt pretensioners)
For disposal of safety belt pretensioners, air bags, or air bag equipped
vehicles, see your authorized Mazda dealership or qualified technician.
Air bags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel.
82
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Passenger air bag ON/OFF switch
WARNING: An airbag ON/OFF
switch has been installed in
this vehicle. Before driving,
always look at the face of the
switch to be sure the switch is
in the proper position in
ON
OFF
OFF
PASSENGER AIRBAG
accordance with these
instructions and warnings.
Failure to put the switch in a
proper position can increase
the risk of serious injury or
death in a collision.
Turning the passenger air bag off
1. Ignition OFF.
ON
2. Insert the ignition key, turn the
switch to OFF position and hold
in OFF position while removing
the key.
OFF
OFF
3. When the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position the
OFF light illuminates briefly,
momentarily shuts off and then
PASSENGER AIRBAG
turns back on. This indicates that the passenger air bag is
deactivated. Do not use a second key to turn off the passenger
airbag, as the lock position might be changed without your knowing.
83
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: You must turn the passenger air bag Off if you have
a rear facing child seat in the front seat of the pickup (the
center lapbelt on front split seats or the center facing rear
seats do not accommodate child seats). Statistics show that
children under 12 are more likely to suffer minor injuries in the
front passenger seats than adults. If you must have a child in
the front passenger seat, place the largest child in the front
seat, make sure that the child is belted, the vehicle seat is all
the way back, and the passenger airbag is turned OFF. The front
seat center lap belt and the center facing rear seats do not
accommodate child seats; therefore, you may not be able to put
a larger child in the front passenger seat if a child seat is
involved.
WARNING: If the OFF light fails to illuminate when the
passenger air bag switch is in the OFF position and the ignition
switch is in the ON position, have the passenger air bag switch
serviced at your authorized Mazda dealership.
WARNING: In order to avoid inadvertent activation of the
switch, always remove the ignition key from the passenger air
bag ON/OFF switch.
Turning the passenger air bag back on
The passenger air bag remains OFF until you turn it back ON.
1. Insert the ignition key and turn
the switch to ON.
ON
OFF
2. The OFF light will briefly
illuminate when the ignition is
OFF
turned to ON. This indicates
that the passenger air bag is
operational.
PASSENGER AIRBAG
84
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: If the light is illuminated when the passenger air
bag ON/OFF switch is in the ON position and the ignition switch
is ON, have the passenger air bag ON/OFF switch serviced at
your authorized Mazda dealership immediately.
The passenger side air bag should always be ON (the air bag OFF light
should not be illuminated) except for certain vulnerable persons. See
guidance on following pages.
WARNING: The safety belts for the driver and right front
passenger seating positions have been specifically designed to
function together with the air bags in certain types of crashes.
When you turn OFF your air bag, you not only lose the
protection of the air bag, you also may reduce the effectiveness
of your safety belt system, which was designed to work with the
air bag. Most vehicles with full back seats do not have cut-off
switches, but NHTSA and Transport Canada will allow a cut-off
switch to be installed on request for a certain category of
persons who must ride up front and there is a concern about
riding there. Please see the guidance below.
WARNING: Always use safety belts and child restraints
properly. If a child in a rear facing infant seat must be
transported in front, the passenger air bag must be turned OFF.
This is because the back of the infant seat is too close to the
inflating air bag and the risk of a fatal injury to the infant when
the air bag inflates is substantial.
The vast majority of drivers and passengers over the age of 12 years are
much safer with an air bag than without. To do their job and reduce the
risk of life threatening injuries, air bags must open with great force, and
this force can pose a potentially deadly risk in some situations,
particularly when a front seat occupant is not properly buckled up. The
most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary air bag injuries
without reducing the overall safety of the vehicle is to make sure all
occupants are properly restrained in the vehicle, especially in the front
seat. This provides the protection of safety belts and permits the air bags
to provide the additional protection they were designed to provide. If
you choose to deactivate your air bag, you are losing the very significant
risk reducing benefits of the air bag and you are also reducing the
85
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
effectiveness of the safety belts, because safety belts in modern vehicles
are designed to work as a safety system with the air bags.
Read all air bag Warning labels in the vehicle as well as the other
important air bag instructions and Warnings in this Owner’s Guide.
NHTSA gives permission to install airbag cut-off switches in the
following terms:
1. Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) must ride in the front seat
because:
• the vehicle has no rear seat;
• the vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear-facing
infant seat; or
• the infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s
physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front so that
the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
2. Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat
because:
• the vehicle has no rear seat;
• although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever
possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front
because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of the vehicle; or
• the child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s
physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so
that the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
3. Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which,
according to his or her physician:
• causes the passenger air bag to pose a special risk for the passenger;
and
• makes the potential harm from the passenger air bag in a crash
greater than the potential harm from turning OFF the air bag and
allowing the passenger, even if belted, to hit the dashboard or
windshield in a crash.
86
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: This vehicle has special energy management safety
belts for the driver and right front passenger. These particular
belts are specifically designed to work with air bags to help
reduce the risk of injury in a collision. The energy management
safety belt is designed to give or release additional belt
webbing in some accidents to reduce concentration of force on
an occupant’s chest and reduce the risk of certain bone
fractures and injuries to underlying organs. In a crash, if the air
bag is turned OFF, this energy management safety belt might
permit the person wearing the belt to move forward enough to
incur a serious or fatal injury. The more severe the crash, and
the heavier the occupant, the greater the risk is. Be sure the air
bag is turned ON for any person who does not qualify under the
NHTSA deactivation criteria.
Transport Canada gives permission to install airbag cut-off
switches in the following terms:
1. Infant: An infant (less than 1 year old) must ride in the front seat
because:
• my vehicle has no rear seat;
• the rear seat in my vehicle cannot accommodate a rear-facing infant
seat; or
• the infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s
physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so
that the driver can monitor the infant’s condition.
2. Child age 12 or under: A child age 12 or under must ride in the
front seat because:
• my vehicle has no rear seat;
• although children age 12 and under ride in the rear seat whenever
possible, children age 12 and under have no option but to sometimes
ride in the front seat because rear seat space is insufficient; or
• the child has a medical condition that, according to the child’s
physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so
that the driver can monitor the child’s condition.
3. Medical condition: A passenger has a medical condition that,
according to his or her physician:
• poses a special risk for the passenger if the air bag deploys; and
• makes the potential harm from the passenger air bag deployment
greater than the potential harm from turning OFF the air bag and
experiencing a crash without the protection offered by the air bag
87
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: This vehicle has special energy management safety
belts for the driver and/or right front passenger. These
particular belts are specifically designed to work with air bags
to help reduce the risk of injury in a collision. The energy
management safety belt is designed to give or release additional
belt webbing in some accidents to reduce concentration of force
on an occupant’s chest and reduce the risk of certain bone
fractures and injuries to underlying organs. In a crash, if the air
bag is turned OFF, this energy management safety belt might
permit the person wearing the belt to move forward enough to
incur a serious or fatal injury. The more severe the crash, and
the heavier the occupant, the greater the risk is. Be sure the air
bag is turned ON for any person who does not qualify under the
Transport Canada deactivation criteria.
SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN
See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety
restraints for children. Also see Air bag supplemental restraint system
(SRS) in this chapter for special instructions about using air bags.
Important child restraint precautions
NOTE: You are required by law to use a child-restraint system in the
U.S. and Canada. Many states require that children use approved booster
seats until they are eight years old. Check your local and state or
provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children
in your vehicle.
WARNING: Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap
while the vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the
child from injury in a collision.
NOTE: Always follow the instructions and warnings that come with any
infant or child restraint you might use.
WARNING: Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat.
Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag.
If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat,
position the vehicle seat fully rearward and turn the passenger
air bag off.
88
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: An air bag can kill or injure a child in a child seat.
Child seats should never be placed in the front seats, unless
passenger air bag switch is turned off, See Passenger air bag
on/off switch.
WARNING: Rear facing child seats should NEVER be placed in
the front seats unless the passenger airbag switch is turned off.
Also, slide the front seat forward until the rear facing child seat
contacts the dash board for maximum support. (All other
children and forward facing child seats and booster seats should
be on front seats that are slid back as far away as possible from
the dashboard.
WARNING: Do not install a child seat in a center facing jump
seat.
Children and safety belts
If the child is the proper size, restrain the child in a safety seat.
Children who are too large for child safety seats (as specified by your
child safety seat manufacturer) should always wear safety belts.
Follow all the important safety restraint and air bag precautions that
apply to adult passengers in your vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt can
be positioned so it does not cross or rest in front of the child’s face or
neck, the child should wear the lap and shoulder belt. Moving the child
closer to the center of the vehicle may help provide a good shoulder belt
fit.
89
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Do not leave children, unreliable adults, or pets
unattended in your vehicle. Leaving a child or an animal
unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In hot weather,
temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause
brain damage or even death. Always take all children and
animals with you or leave a responsible person with them.
Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous.
This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed.
They could play with power windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move. Don’t leave the keys in your vehicle
with children.
WARNING: Placing a child, 12 years or younger, in the front
seat is dangerous. The child could be hit by a deploying air bag
and be seriously injured or even killed. Never place a child
safety seat in a center facing rear jump seat. If you must place
a child safety seat in a front seating position, make sure the
passenger airbag is turned off. See Turning the airbag Off in
this section. Never use a rear-facing child restraint system in
the front seat with an air bag that could deploy.
Child booster seats
Children outgrow a typical convertible or toddler seat when they weigh
40 pounds and are around 4 years of age. Although the lap/shoulder belt
will provide some protection, these children are still too small for
lap/shoulder belts to fit properly, which could increase the risk of serious
injury.
To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who
have outgrown child safety seats, Mazda recommends use of a
belt-positioning booster.
Booster seats position a child so that safety belts fit better. They lift the
child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees
bend comfortably. Booster seats also make the shoulder belt fit better
and more comfortably for growing children.
When children should use booster seats
Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the
toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and
lap/shoulder belt to fit properly. Generally this is when they weigh about
80 lb. (about 8 to 12 years old).
90
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these
questions:
• Can the child sit all the way back
against the vehicle seat back with
knees bent comfortably at the
edge of the seat without
slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip?
WARNING: Booster seats must be installed only in seating
positions equipped with a combination lap/shoulder belt.
Types of booster seats
There are two types of belt-positioning booster seats:
• Those that are backless.
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the
shield and use the lap/shoulder
belt. If a seating position has a
low seat back and no head
restraint, a backless booster seat
may place your child’s head (top
of ear level) above the top of the
seat. In this case, use a
high-backed booster seat.
91
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
• Those with a high back.
If, with a backless booster seat,
you cannot find a seating position
that adequately supports your
child’s head, a high back booster
seat would be a better choice.
Both can be used in any vehicle in a seating position equipped with
lap/shoulder belts if your child is over 40 lb..
The shoulder belt should cross the chest, resting snugly on the center of
the shoulder. The lap belt should rest low and snug across the hips,
never up high across the stomach.
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat, placing a rubberized mesh
sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this
condition.
The importance of shoulder belts
Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child’s
head hitting a hard surface in a collision. For this reason, you should
never use a booster seat with a lap belt only. It is best to use a booster
seat with combination lap/shoulder belts.
WARNING: Follow all instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the booster seat.
WARNING: Never put the shoulder belt under a child’s arm or
behind the back because it eliminates the protection for the
upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or
death in a collision.
WARNING: Never use pillows, books, or towels to boost a
child. They can slide around and increase the likelihood of
injury or death in a collision.
92
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN
Child and infant or child safety seats
Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the
child. Carefully follow all of the manufacturer’s instructions with the
safety seat you put in your vehicle. If you do not install and use the
safety seat properly, the child may be injured in a sudden stop or
collision.
When installing a child safety seat:
• Review and follow the information
presented in the Air Bag
Supplemental Restraint System
section in this chapter.
• Use the correct safety belt buckle
for that seating position (the
buckle closest to the direction the
tongue is coming from).
• Insert the belt tongue into the
proper buckle until you hear a
snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the
buckle.
WARNING: Do not install a child seat in a center facing jump
seat.
• Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety
seat, with the tongue between the child seat and the release button,
to prevent accidental unbuckling.
• Place seat back in upright position.
• Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode. Refer to Automatic
locking mode (passenger side front seat).
• LATCH lower anchors are recommended for use by children up to 22
kg (48 pounds) in a child restraint. Top tether anchors can be used
for children up to 27 kg (60 pounds) in a child restraint, and to
provide upper torso restraint for children up to 36 kg (80 pounds)
using an upper torso harness and a belt-positioning booster.
Mazda recommends the use of a child safety seat having a top tether
strap. Install the child safety seat in a seating position with LATCH and
93
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
tether anchors. For more information on top tether straps and anchors,
refer to Attaching safety seats with tether straps in this chapter. For
more information of LATCH anchors refer to Attaching safety seats with
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children) attachments in this
chapter.
WARNING: Carefully follow all of the manufacturer’s
instructions included with the safety seat you put in your
vehicle. If you do not install and use the safety seat properly,
the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision.
Installing child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder
belts (front outboard passenger seat only)
1. Position the child safety seat in
a seat with a combination lap
and shoulder belt.
WARNING: If there is a tether on the child safety seat, attach
it to the tether anchor point. Refer to Attaching child safety
seats with tether straps in this chapter.
WARNING: Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat.
Never place a rear facing child seat in the right front seat
unless the air bag on/off switch is turned OFF. If you place a
forward-facing child seat in the right front seat, turn the air bag
on/off switch to OFF. See Passenger air bag on/off switch in
this chapter.
94
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Rear facing child seats should NEVER be placed in
the front seats unless the passenger air bag switch is turned
off. Also, slide the front seat forward until the rear facing child
seat contacts the dash board for maximum support. (All other
children and forward facing child seats and booster seats should
be on front seats that are slid back as far away as possible from
the dashboard.)
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt
and then grasp the shoulder
belt and lap belt together.
3. While holding the shoulder and
lap belt portions together, route
the tongue through the child
seat according to the child seat
manufacturer’s instructions. Be
sure the belt webbing is not
twisted.
4. Insert the belt tongue into the
proper buckle (the buckle
closest to the direction the
tongue is coming from) for that
seating position until you hear
and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched
securely by pulling on it.
95
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
5. To put the retractor in the
automatic locking mode, grasp
the shoulder portion of the belt
and pull downward until all of
the belt is extracted and a click
is heard.
6. Allow the belt to retract. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate
it is in the automatic locking mode.
7. Pull the lap belt portion across
the child seat toward the buckle
and pull up on the shoulder belt
while pushing down with knee
on the child seat.
8. Allow the safety belt to retract
to remove any slack in the belt.
9. Before placing the child in the
seat, forcibly tilt the seat
forward and back to make sure
the seat is securely held in
place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and forward. There should be
no more than one inch of
movement for proper installation.
10. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is
in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more
belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat
steps two through nine.
11. See Attaching child safety seats with tether straps in this chapter.
96
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use.
Attaching child safety seats with tether straps
Most new forward-facing child safety seats include a tether strap which
goes over the back of the seat and hooks to an anchoring point. Tether
straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats. Contact
the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a
tether strap.
The tether anchors in your vehicle are located on the back of the front
seat cushion.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions
(shown from top view):
• Bucket seats
• 60/40 seats
WARNING: Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate
tether anchor as shown. The tether strap may not work
properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether
anchor.
97
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: This anchor information applies to child safety
seats equipped with tether straps. For child safety seats
equipped with LATCH anchors, refer to Attaching safety seats
with LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children)
attachments for child seat anchors in this chapter.
WARNING: Never attach two child safety seat tethers to a
single tether anchor. In a crash, on anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may
break, causing serious injury or death.
1. Position the child safety seat on the front seat cushion.
2. Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat.
3. Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position.
The tether anchor is located on the
rear lower portion of the passenger
seat.
98
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
4. Clip the tether strap to the
anchor.
WARNING: If the tether strap
is clipped incorrectly, the child
safety seat may not be
retained properly in the event
of a collision.
Center seating location 60/40
seats with folding armrest
When installing a child safety seat in the center position, route the tether
strap over the center arm rest and clip it to the center anchor.
99
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, the child
safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a
collision.
5. Refer to the Installing child safety seats in combination lap and
shoulder belt seating positions section of this chapter for further
instructions to secure the child safety seat.
6. Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
WARNING: If the safety seat is not anchored properly, the risk
of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases.
Attaching safety seats with LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children) attachments for child seat anchors
Some child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments
that connect to two anchors at certain seating positions in your vehicle.
This type of child seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat. For forward-facing child seats, the tether strap must also be
attached to the proper tether anchor. See Attaching safety seats with
tether straps in this chapter.
Your vehicle may be equipped with LATCH anchors for child seat
installation at the following seating positions:
• Bucket seats
100
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
• 60/40 seats
represents LATCH anchors.
represents tether strap anchors.
To improve child seat protection, use the tether anchor when using the
LATCH to install a child safety seat. See Attaching child safety seats
with tether straps in this section.
WARNING: Never attach two LATCH child safety seats to the
same anchor. In a crash, one anchor may not be strong enough
to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break,
causing serious injury or death.
WARNING: Do not put the LATCH type seat in the center seat
position — it only has one possible anchor point and the seat
will not be properly attached.
WARNING: If there are two LATCH seats to install — you can
only mount one LATCH seat in this vehicle with the LATCH
anchor bars. You need to mount the second seat with the center
seat belt using the lap belt method and the child safety seat
tether (if equipped).
WARNING: Do not attach two seats to one LATCH anchor bar.
101
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
The lower anchors for child seat
installation are located at the rear
section of the front passenger seat
between the cushion and seat back.
The LATCH anchors are below
locator symbols on the seat back.
Two plastic LATCH guides may be
purchased from your local Mazda
dealer (part number 1F60–57–751).
They snap onto the latch lower
anchor in the vehicle to help attach
a child seat with rigid latch
attachments. It will hold the seat
foam away and expose the anchor
making attachment of the child seat
easier.
Make sure you attach the proper
child safety seat tether after
securing the LATCH.
WARNING: If the tether strap
is clipped incorrectly, the child
safety seat may not be
retained properly in the event
of a collision.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions to properly install a
child seat with LATCH attachments.
WARNING: Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat
only to the anchors shown.
If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments, do not tighten
the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion
when the child is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without
lifting the front of the child seat. Keeping the child seat just touching the
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash.
Each time you use the safety seat, check that the seat is properly
attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor. Try to tilt the child
102
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Seating and Safety Restraints
seat from side to side. Also try to tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
WARNING: If the safety seat is not anchored properly, the risk
of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases.
WARNING: If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, the child
safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a
collision.
103
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Tires, Wheels and Loading
NOTICE TO UTILITY VEHICLE AND TRUCK OWNERS
Utility vehicles and trucks handle
differently than passenger cars in
the various driving conditions that
are encountered on streets,
highways and off-road. Utility
vehicles and trucks are not designed
for cornering at speeds as high as
passenger cars any more than
low-slung sports cars are designed
to perform satisfactorily under
off-road conditions.
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover
rate than other types of vehicles. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must:
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers;
• Drive at safe speeds for the conditions;
• Keep tires properly inflated;
• Never overload or improperly load your vehicle; and
• Make sure every passenger is properly restrained.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat
belt. All occupants must wear safety belts and children/infants
must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury
or ejection.
Study your Owner’s Guide and any supplements for specific information
about equipment features, instructions for safe driving and additional
precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury.
VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS
4WD and AWD Systems (if equipped)
A vehicle equipped with AWD or 4WD (when you select the 4WD mode)
has the ability to use all four wheels to power itself. This increases
traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road
conditions that a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle cannot.
104
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Power is supplied to all four wheels
through a transfer case or power
transfer unit. 4WD vehicles allow
you to select different drive modes
as necessary. Information on shifting
procedures and maintenance can be
found in your Owner’s Guide. You
should become thoroughly familiar
with this information before you operate your vehicle.
On some 4WD models, the initial shift from two-wheel drive to 4WD
while the vehicle is moving can cause a momentary clunk and ratcheting
sound. These sounds are normal as the front drivetrain comes up to
speed and is not cause for concern.
WARNING: Do not become overconfident in the ability of 4WD
and AWD vehicles. Although a 4WD or AWD vehicle may
accelerate better than two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won’t stop any faster than two-wheel drive
vehicles. Always drive at a safe speed.
How your vehicle differs from other vehicles
SUV and trucks can differ from
some other vehicles in a few
noticeable ways. Your vehicle may
be:
• Higher – to allow higher load
carrying capacity and to allow it
to travel over rough terrain
without getting hung up or
damaging underbody components.
• Shorter – to give it the capability
to approach inclines and drive
over the crest of a hill without
getting hung up or damaging
underbody components. All other
things held equal, a shorter
wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering
inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase.
105
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
• Narrower — to provide greater
maneuverability in tight spaces,
particularly in off-road use.
As a result of the above dimensional
differences, SUV’s and trucks often
will have a higher center of gravity
and a greater difference in center of
gravity between the loaded and
unloaded condition.
These differences that make your
vehicle so versatile also make it
handle differently than an ordinary
passenger car.
INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
New vehicles are fitted with tires
that have a rating on them called
Tire Quality Grades. The Quality
grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and
maximum section width. For
example:
• Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United
States Department of Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic tires for use on passenger
cars. They do not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in
Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575.104(c)(2).
U.S. Department of Transportation-Tire quality grades: The U.S.
Department of Transportation requires Mazda to give you the following
information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one
106
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual
conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, and
differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.
NOTE: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature A B C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire
to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
WARNING: The temperature grade for this tire is established
for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and
possible tire failure.
TIRES
Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service, but they
must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them.
Glossary of tire terminology
• Tire label: A label showing the OE (Original Equipment) tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle
can carry.
107
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
• Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of
each tire providing information about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture.
• Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
• Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a
maximum load at 35 psi [37 psi (2.5 bar) for Metric tires]. Increasing
the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire’s
load carrying capability.
• Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 41 psi [43 psi (2.9 bar) for Metric tires].
Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase
the tire’s load carrying capability.
• kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure.
• PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure.
• Cold inflation pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile (1.6 km).
• Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure found
on the tire label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s
door.
• B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the
front door.
• Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
• Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
• Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle.
• Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly
upon which the tire beads are seated.
108
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
INSPECTING AND INFLATING YOUR TIRES
Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly
inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure
without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to check
pressure of all tires and adjust if
required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if equipped).
Inflate all tires to the inflation
pressure recommended by Mazda.
Inspecting your tires
Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and
remove stones, nails, glass or other objects that may be wedged in the
tread grooves. Check for holes or cuts that may permit air leakage from
the tire and make necessary repairs.
Also inspect the tire sidewalls for cuts, bruises and other damage. If
internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire demounted and
inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety,
tires that are damaged should not be used because they are more likely
to blow out or fail. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so
inspection after off-road use is also recommended.
Inflating your tires
Use a tire gauge to check the tire inflation pressure, including the spare
(if equipped), at least monthly and before long trips. You are strongly
urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station
gauges may be inaccurate. Mazda recommends the use of a digital or dial
type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause
uneven treadwear patterns.
NOTE: If you are driving the vehicle at its maximum weight load, make
sure the tire inflation pressure is correct for the weight load on the tires.
109
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
WARNING: Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire
failures and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation
or ؆blowout؆, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and
increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall
flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and
internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary
tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents.
A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to
be flat!
Always inflate your tires to the Mazda recommended inflation pressure
even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found
on the tire. The Mazda recommended tire inflation pressure is found on
the tire label or certification label which is B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can
cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufactures’
maximum permissible pressure and/or the pressure at which the
maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally
higher than the manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation pressure
which can be found on either the tire label or certification label which is
located on the structure by the trailing edge of the driver’s door or the
edge of the driver’s door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set
lower than the recommended pressure on the tire label or certification
label.
When weather temperature changes occur, tire inflation pressures also
change. A 10° F (6° C) temperature drop causes a corresponding drop of
1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. Check your tire pressures frequently
and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the tire
label or certification label.
If checking tire pressure when the tire is hot, (i.e. driven more than 1
mile [1.6 km]), never “bleed” or reduce air pressure. The tires are hot
from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A hot tire at or below recommended cold
inflation pressure could be significantly under-inflated.
To check the pressure in your tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool, meaning they are not hot from driving
even a mile.
Note: If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire(s), check
and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure
110
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
when you get to the pump. It is normal for tires to heat up and the air
pressure inside to go up as you drive. Never “bleed” or reduce air
pressure when tires are hot.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire, then firmly press the tire
gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure.
3. Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure
Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in
the center of the valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each tire, including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure than the other
tires.
6. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other
objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air
leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts or
bulges.
TIRE REPLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and
handling capability.
WARNING: Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the
same size and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or
all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by
Mazda. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Mazda can
affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels could cause steering,
suspension, axle or transfer case/power transfer unit failure. If
you have questions regarding tire replacement, see an
authorized Mazda dealer.
Make sure all tires and wheels on the vehicle are of the same size, type,
tread design, brand, load-carrying capacity and speed rating because it
can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result
in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
111
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires
due to the aging of the spare tire.
CHANGING THE TIRES
If you get a flat tire while driving:
• do not brake heavily.
• gradually decrease the vehicle’s speed.
• hold the steering wheel firmly.
• slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road.
WARNING: The use of tire sealants is not recommended and
may damage your tires.
Temporary Emergency Spare Tire Information
Your vehicle may be equipped with a temporary emergency spare tire.
This tire may be a T-type/mini-spare tire which will have the words
“Temporary Use Only” molded into the tire sidewall or it may be a full
size dissimilar spare tire/wheel that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tire, which will be identified with a “Caution”
label on the wheel. Both of these spare tires are considered “temporary”.
Replace these temporary emergency spare tires on the vehicle with a tire
of the same size, speed rating and load carrying capacity as the other
road tires as soon as possible.
It is not recommended that the vehicle be operated in 4WD modes with
a temporary emergency spare tire. If 4WD operation is necessary, do not
operate above speeds of 10 mph (16 km/h) or for distances above 50 miles
(80 km).
When driving with the temporary emergency spare tire do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h)
• Exceed 2000 miles (3200 km)
• Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the
Safety Compliance Label
• Tow a trailer
• Use snow chains
• Use more than one temporary emergency spare tire
• Use commercial car washing equipment
112
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
• Try to repair the temporary emergency spare tire
Use of a temporary emergency spare tire at any one wheel location can
lead to impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking performance
• Comfort and noise
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs
• Winter weather driving capability
• Wet weather driving capability
Tire change procedure
WARNING: When one of the front wheels is off the ground, the
transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or
slipping off the jack, even if the vehicle is in P (Park)
(automatic transmission) or R (Reverse) (manual transmission).
WARNING: To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you
change a tire, be sure the parking brake is set, then block (in
both directions) the wheel that is diagonally opposite (other
side and end of the vehicle) to the tire being changed.
WARNING: If the vehicle slips off the jack, you or someone
else could be seriously injured.
1. Park on a level surface, activate
hazard flashers and place
gearshift lever in P (Park)
(automatic transmission) or 1
(First) (manual transmission).
2. Set the parking brake and turn
engine OFF.
113
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
3. Block the diagonally opposite
wheel.
4. Insert tapered end of the lug
wrench behind hub caps and
twist them off.
5. Loosen each wheel lug nut
one-half turn counterclockwise
but do not remove them until
the wheel is raised off the
ground.
6. Position the jack according to
the following guides and turn
the jack handle clockwise until the tire is a maximum of 1 inch
(25 mm) off the ground.
WARNING: To lessen the risk of personal injury, do not put any
part of your body under the vehicle while changing a tire. Do
not start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack. The jack
is only meant for changing the tire.
• Front
114
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
• Rear
Never use the differential as a
jacking point. It is too easy for
the vehicle to tilt or fall and you
can be injured.
7. Remove the wheel lug nuts with
the lug wrench.
8. Replace the flat tire with the
spare tire, making sure the valve
stem is facing outward. Reinstall
the lug nuts until the wheel is
snug against the hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the
wheel has been lowered.
9. Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
10. Remove the jack and fully
tighten the lug nuts, in the
order shown. Refer to Wheel
lug nut torque specifications
later in this chapter for the
proper lug nut torque
1
3
4
specification.
11. Stow the flat tire. Refer to
5
2
Stowing the spare tire.
12. Stow the jack and lug wrench.
Make sure the jack is fastened so it does not rattle when you drive.
13. Unblock the wheels.
115
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Stowing the flat/spare tire
Note: Failure to follow spare tire stowage instructions may result in
failure of cable or loss of spare tire.
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the valve stem facing up.
2. Slide the wheel partially under the vehicle and install the wire and
retainer through the center of the wheel.
3. Turn the jack handle clockwise until the tire is raised to its original
position underneath the vehicle. The effort to turn the jack handle
increases significantly as the tire contacts the frame. The spare tire
carrier will ratchet when the tire is in the fully stowed position. The
spare tire carrier has a built-in ratchet feature that will not allow you
to overtighten. If the spare tire carrier ratchets with very little effort,
take the vehicle to your dealer for assistance at your earliest
convenience.
4. Check that the tire lies flat against the frame assembly. Push against
the tire to make sure it is tightly seated under the vehicle. Loosen
and retighten, if necessary. Failure to properly stow the spare tire
may result in failure of the winch cable and loss of the spare tire.
5. Repeat this tightness check procedure when servicing the spare tire
pressure (every six months, per Service Maintenance Section), or
at any time that the spare tire is disturbed through service of other
components.
6. Install the spare tire lock (if equipped) into the access hole above
the rear bumper with the spare tire lock key (if equipped) and jack
handle.
WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 50–100 miles (80–160 km)
after any wheel disturbance (rotation, flat tire, wheel removal, etc.).
Lug nut socket size/Bolt size
Wheel lug nut torque*
lb.ft.
100
N•m
3
Lug nut socket size: ⁄4” (19 mm) hex
Bolt size: ⁄2 x 20
135
1
* Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and
rust. Use only Mazda recommended replacement fasteners.
116
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
WARNING: When a wheel is installed, always remove any
corrosion, dirt and foreign materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel and the surface of the front disc brake
hub and rotor that contacts the wheel. Installing wheels
without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting
surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to
come off while the vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of
control.
Note: If there is corrosion on the area where the wheel contacts the
hub, apply a thin film of grease or anti-seize compound on that area.
INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized
information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and
in case of a recall.
Information on “P” type tires
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a
tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)
1. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association
(T&RA), that may be used for
service on cars, SUVs, minivans
and light trucks.
Note: If your tire size does not
begin with a letter this may mean it
is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association).
2. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from
sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the
wider the tire.
117
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
3. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire’s ratio of height to
width.
4. R: Indicates a “radial” type tire.
5. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
6. 95: Indicates the tire’s load index. It is an index that relates to how
much weight a tire can carry. You may find this information in your
Owner’s Guide. If not, contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not
required by federal law.
7. H: Indicates the tire’s speed rating. The speed rating denotes the
speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods
of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure.
The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load
and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted
for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph (299 km/h). These ratings are listed in the
following chart.
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not
required by federal law.
Letter rating
Speed rating - mph (km/h)
81 mph (130 km/h)
87 mph (140 km/h)
99 mph (159 km/h)
106 mph (171 km/h)
112 mph (180 km/h)
118 mph (190 km/h)
124 mph (200 km/h)
130 mph (210 km/h)
149 mph (240 km/h)
168 mph (270 km/h)
186 mph (299 km/h)
M
N
Q
R
S
T
U
H
V
W
Y
118
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Letter rating
Speed rating - mph (km/h)
Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h),
tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
8. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters “DOT” and indicates that the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code
designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire
size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the
tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of
1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501
means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are
identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to
contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.
9. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
10. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number
of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire
tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply
materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon,
polyester, and others.
11. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the tire. Refer to the tire label or the
safety certification label, which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door, for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle.
12. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades
• Treadwear: The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (11⁄2) times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
• Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B,
and C. The grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
119
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
• Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
13. Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers’ maximum permissible pressure and/or the pressure at
which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is
normally higher than the manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on either the tire label or certification
label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door.
The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the
recommended pressure on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such
as standard load, radial tubeless, etc.
Additional information contained on the tire sidewall for “LT” type
tires
“LT” type tires have some additional
information beyond those of “P”
type tires; these differences are
described below:
1. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association
(T&RA), that is intended for
service on light trucks.
2. Load Range/Load Inflation
Limits: Indicates the tire’s
load-carrying capabilities and its
inflation limits.
3. Maximum Load Dual lb. (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as a dual; defined as four tires on the
rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle).
4. Maximum Load Single lb. (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single;
defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle.
120
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Information on “T” type tires
“T” type tires have some additional
information beyond those of “P”
type tires; these differences are
described below:
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire
size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle may be different from
this example.
1. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association (T&RA), that is
intended for temporary service
on cars, SUVs, minivans and
light trucks.
2. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
3. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire’s ratio of height to
width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall.
4. D: Indicates a “diagonal” type tire.
R: Indicates a “radial” type tire.
5. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
Location of the tire label
You will find a tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and
other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.
TIRE CARE
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can also cause tires to wear
abnormally. Here are some of the important maintenance items:
Tire wear
Measure and inspect the tire tread on all your tires periodically.
Advanced and unusual tire wear can reduce the ability of tread to grip
121
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
the road in adverse (wet, snowy, etc.) conditions. Visually check your
tires for uneven wear, looking for high and low areas or unusually
smooth areas. Also check for signs of tire damage.
When the tread is worn down to
1/16th of an inch (2 mm), tires must
be replaced to prevent your vehicle
from skidding and hydroplaning.
Built-in treadwear indicators, or
“wear bars”, which look like narrow
strips of smooth rubber across the
tread will appear on the tire when
the tread is worn down to 1/16th of
an inch (2 mm). When the tire tread
wears down to the same height as
these “wear bars”, the tire is worn
out and should be replaced.
Inspect your tires frequently for any
of the following conditions and
replace them if one or more of the
following conditions exist:
• Fabric showing through the tire
rubber
• Bulges in the tread or sidewalls
• Cracks or cuts on the sidewalls
• Cracks in the tread groove
• Impact damage resulting from use
• Separation in the tread
• Separation in the sidewall
• Severe abrasion on the sidewall
If your vehicle has a leak in the exhaust system, a road tire or the spare
tire may be exposed to hot exhaust temperatures requiring the tire to be
replaced.
Safety practices
Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety.
• Observe posted speed limits
• Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
122
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
• Avoid potholes and objects on the road
• Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking
WARNING: If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., do
not rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires can tear the tire
and cause an explosion. A tire can explode in as little as three
to five seconds.
WARNING: Never spin the tires in excess of the 35 mph (55 km/h)
point indicated on the speedometer.
Highway hazards
No matter how carefully you drive there’s always the possibility that you
may eventually have a flat tire on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic. This may further damage the flat tire, but
your safety is more important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or you
suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your
speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and
inspect the tires for damage. If a tire is under-inflated or damaged,
deflate it, remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel. If
you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair
facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
Tire and wheel alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your
vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires. If your
vehicle seems to pull to one side, vibrate or shake when you’re driving,
the wheels may be out of alignment. Have a qualified technician at a
Mazda dealer check the wheel alignment periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid
treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by a qualified technician
at a Mazda dealer. Front wheel drive (FWD) vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension require alignment of all four wheels.
The tire should also be balanced periodically. An unbalanced tire and
wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear.
NOTE: When it is time to replace front tires with new ones, this is an
ideal time to perform an alignment. New tires should be balanced at the
time they are installed.
123
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Tire rotation
Rotating your tires at the recommended interval (as indicated in the
Scheduled maintenance section of the Maintenance and
Specifications chapter) will help your tires wear more evenly, providing
better tire performance and longer tire life.
• Front Wheel Drive (FWD)
vehicles (front tires at top of
diagram)
124
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
• Rear Wheel Drive (RWD)
vehicles/Four Wheel Drive
(4WD)/All Wheel Drive (AWD)
vehicles (front tires at top of
diagram)
Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires.
Note: If your tires show uneven wear ask a qualified technician at a
Mazda dealership to check for and correct any wheel misalignment, tire
imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire/wheel. A
dissimilar spare tire/wheel is defined as a spare tire and/or wheel that is
different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels. If
you have a dissimilar spare tire/wheel it is intended for temporary use
only and should not be used in a tire rotation.
Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation pressure must be checked
and adjusted to the vehicle requirements.
SNOW TIRES AND CHAINS
WARNING: Driving too fast for conditions creates the
possibility of loss of vehicle control. Driving at very high speeds
for extended periods of time may result in damage to vehicle
components.
NOTE: Snow tires must be the same size and grade as the tires you
currently have on your vehicle.
125
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in
rain and snow. However, in some climates, you may need to use snow
tires and chains. If you need to use snow tires and chains, it is
recommended that steel wheels are used of the same size and
specifications as those originally installed.
Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains:
• Do not use tire chains on aluminum wheels. Chains may chip the
wheels.
• Use only SAE Class S chains.
• Install chains securely, verifying that the chains do not touch any
wiring, brake lines or fuel lines.
Drive cautiously. Ensure you obtain the proper cables or chains
for you vehicle. Test fit the cables or chains before using them in
snow and/or ice. If you hear the cables or chains rub or bang
against the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If this does not
work, remove the cables or chains to prevent vehicle damage.
Have the cables or chains fitted by a professional before
proceeding.
• If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle.
• Remove the tire chains when they are no longer needed. Do not use
tire chains on dry roads.
• The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle
damage. Do not remove these components from your vehicle when
using snow tires and chains.
VEHICLE LOADING – WITH AND WITHOUT A TRAILER
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating
capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading
your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle’s
Safety Certification Label and Tire Label:
Base Curb Weight – is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of
fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight – is the weight of your new vehicle when you
picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
126
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Cargo Weight – includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight,
including cargo and optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load
or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) – is the total weight placed on each axle
(front and rear) – including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) – is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These
numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label
located on the driver’s door or B-Pillar. The total load on each
axle must never exceed its GAWR.
WARNING: Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle
weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling
or performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage,
serious damage to the vehicle, loss of control and personal
injury.
Note: For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in
this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your
dealership.
127
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) – is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo +
passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating) – is the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle (including all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo).
The GVWR is shown on the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label located on the driver’s
door or B-Pillar. The GVW must
never exceed the GVWR.
WARNING: Exceeding the Safety Certification Label vehicle
weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling
or performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage,
serious damage to the vehicle, loss of control and personal
injury.
128
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
GCW (Gross Combined Weight) – is the weight of the loaded vehicle
(GVW) plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) – is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer – including all cargo and
passengers – that the vehicle can handle without risking damage.
(Important: The towing vehicle’s braking system is rated for operation at
GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe
control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the GCW of the towing
vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle. The
GCW must never exceed the GCWR.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight – is the highest possible weight of a
fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only
mandatory options, no cargo (internal or external), a tongue load of
10–15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15–25% (fifth wheel
trailer), and driver only (150 lb. [68 kg]). Consult your dealership (or
the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for
more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight – refers to the amount
of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5,000 lb. (2,268 kg) conventional trailer, multiply 5,000
by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lb.
(227 to 340 kg). For an 11,500 lb. (5,216 kg) fifth wheel trailer, multiply
by 0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875
lb. (782 to 1,304 kg)
WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on
the certification label.
WARNING: Do not use replacement tires with lower load
carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower
the vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires
with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR
and GAWR limitations.
129
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
WARNING: Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation
could result in serious damage to the vehicle and/or personal
injury.
Steps for determining the correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo
should never exceed XXX pounds” on your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kilograms or XXX pounds.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals
1,400 lb. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400 – 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.).
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
The following gives you a few more examples on how to calculate the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity:
• Another example for your vehicle with 1400 pounds of cargo and
luggage capacity. You decide to go golfing. You and your friends
average 220 pounds each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30
pounds each. Is there enough load capacity to carry you, 4 of your
friends and all the golf bags? The calculation would be: 1400 – (5 x
220) – (5 x 30) = 1400 – 1100 – 150 = 150 pounds; yes, you have
enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport 4 of your friends and
golf bags.
• A final example for your vehicle with 1400 pounds of cargo and
luggage capacity. You and one of your friends decide to pick up
cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio
you have been planning for the past 2 years. Measuring the inside of
the vehicle with the rear seat folded down, you have room for 12-100
130
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
pound bags of cement. Do you have enough load capacity to transport
the cement to your home? If you and your friend each weighed 220
pounds, the calculation would be: 1400 – (2 x 220) – (12 x 100) =
1400 – 440 – 1200 = – 40 pounds; no, you do not have enough cargo
capacity to carry that much weight. You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds. If you remove 3-100 pound cement
bags, then the load calculation would be:
1400 – (2 x 220) – (9 x 100) = 1400 – 440 – 900 = 60 pounds; now you
have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home.
The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your
vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Certification label
found on the driver’s door.
Special loading instructions for owners of pickup trucks and
utility-type vehicles
WARNING: For important information regarding safe operation
of this type of vehicle, see the Preparing to drive your vehicle
section in this chapter.
WARNING: Loaded vehicles may handle differently than
unloaded vehicles. Extra precautions, such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance, should be taken when driving a
heavily loaded vehicle.
Your vehicle can haul more cargo and people than most passenger cars.
Depending upon the type and placement of the load, hauling cargo and
people may raise the center of gravity of the vehicle.
TRAILER TOWING
Your vehicle may tow a class I, II or III trailer provided the maximum
trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed
for your engine and rear axle ratio on the following charts.
Your vehicle’s load capacity is designated by weight, not by volume, so
you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle.
Towing a trailer places an additional load on your vehicle’s engine,
transmission, axle, brakes, tires and suspension. Inspect these
components carefully after any towing operation.
131
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
4x2 w/manual transmission
Engine
Rear
axle
ratio
Maximum
GCWR - lb.
(kg)
Maximum
trailer
weight - lb.
(kg)
Maximum
frontal area of
trailer - ft2
(m2)
Regular Cab
2.3L
All
4,800 (2,177) 1,600 (726)
Equal to frontal
area of vehicle
50 (4.64)
3.0L*
3.0L*
3.73
4.10
6,000 (2,722) 2,680 (1,216)
6,000 (2,722) 2,540 (1,152)
50 (4.64)
Dual Sport
Cab Plus/Cab Plus 4
2.3L
All
4,800 (2,177) 1,440 (653)
Equal to frontal
area of vehicle
50 (4.64)
3.0L*
3.0L*
3.73
4.10
6,000 (2,722) 2,480 (1,125)
6,000 (2,722) 2,380 (1,080)
50 (4.64)
Dual Sport
4.0L
4.0L Dual
Sport
All
All
7,000 (3,175) 3,420 (1,551)
7,000 (3,175) 3,300 (1,497)
50 (4.64)
50 (4.64)
For high altitude operation, reduce GCW by 2% per 1,000 ft. (300
meters) elevation.
*When towing on roads with steep grades or moderate but long
sustained grades (5 miles [8 km] or more), or when ambient
temperatures exceed 100°F (37°C), vehicle speed should not exceed
45 mph (72 km/h) in both cases.
For definition of terms used in this table see Vehicle Loading earlier
in this chapter.
To determine maximum trailer weight designed for your particular
vehicle, see Calculating the load your vehicle can carry/tow earlier
in this chapter.
Maximum trailer weight is shown. The combined weight of the completed
towing vehicle (including hitch, passengers and cargo) and the loaded
trailer must not exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
132
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
4x4 w/manual transmission
Engine
Rear axle
ratio
Maximum
GCWR - lb.
(kg)
Maximum
trailer
weight - lb. of trailer -
Maximum
frontal area
(kg)
ft2 (m2)
Regular Cab
3.0L*
4.0L
All
All
6,000 (2,722) 2,360 (1,070)
7,000 (3,175) 3,300(1,497)
Cab Plus/Cab Plus 4
50 (4.64)
50 (4.64)
4.0L
All
7,000 (3,175) 3,120 (1,415)
50 (4.64)
For high altitude operation, reduce GCW by 2% per 1,000 ft. (300
meters) of elevation.
*When towing on roads with steep grades or moderate but long
sustained grades (5 miles [8 km] or more), or when ambient
temperatures exceed 100°F (37°C), vehicle speed should not exceed
45 mph (72 km/h) in both cases.
For definition of terms used in this table, see Vehicle loading earlier
in this chapter.
To determine maximum trailer weight designed for your vehicle, see
Calculating the load your vehicle can carry/tow earlier in this
chapter.
Maximum trailer weight is shown. The combined weight of the
completed towing vehicle (including hitch, passengers and cargo) and
the loaded trailer must not exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating
(GCWR).
133
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
4x2 w/automatic transmission
Engine Rear axle Maximum Maximum
GCWR - lb. trailer
Maximum
frontal
ratio
(kg)
weight - lb.
(kg)
area of
trailer - ft2
(m2)
Regular Cab
2.3L
All
5,500 (2,495)
2,260 (1,025)
Equal to
frontal area
of vehicle
50 (4.64)
50 (4.64)
3.0L*
3.0L* Dual
Sport
3.73
4.10
6,000 (2,722)
6,000 (2,722)
2,640 (1,197)
2,480 (1,125)
Cab Plus/Cab Plus 4
3.0L*
3.0L* Dual
Sport
3.73
4.10
6,000 (2,722)
6,000 (2,722)
2,440 (1,107)
2,340 (1,061)
50 (4.64)
50 (4.64)
4.0L
4.0L Dual
Sport
All
All
9,500 (4,309)
9,500 (4,309)
5,860 (2,658)
5,780 (2,622)
50 (4.64)
50 (4.64)
For high altitude operation, reduce GCW by 2% per 1,000 ft. (300
meters) elevation.
*When towing on roads with steep grades or moderate but long
sustained grades (5 miles [8 km] or more), or when ambient
temperatures exceed 100°F (37°C), vehicle speed should not exceed
45 mph (72 km/h) in both cases.
For definition of terms used in this table see Vehicle Loading earlier
in this chapter.
To determine maximum trailer weight designed for your particular
vehicle, see Calculating the load your vehicle can carry/tow earlier
in this chapter.
Maximum trailer weight is shown. The combined weight of the
completed towing vehicle (including hitch, passengers and cargo) and
the loaded trailer must not exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating
(GCWR).
134
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
4x4 w/automatic transmission
Engine
Rear axle
ratio
Maximum
GCWR - lb.
(kg)
Maximum
trailer
weight - lb. of trailer -
Maximum
frontal area
(kg)
ft2 (m2)
Regular Cab
3.0L*
4.0L
3.73
All
6,000 (2,722) 2,340 (1,061)
9,500 (4,309) 5,760 (2,613)
Cab Plus/Cab Plus 4
50 (4.64)
50 (4.64)
4.0L
All
9,500 (4,309) 5,580 (2,531)
50 (4.64)
For high altitude operation, reduce GCW by 2% per 1,000 ft. (300
meters) of elevation.
*When towing on roads with steep grades or moderate but long
sustained grades (5 miles [8 km] or more), or when ambient
temperatures exceed 100°F (37°C), vehicle speed should not exceed
45 mph (72 km/h) in both cases.
For definition of terms used in this table, see Vehicle loading earlier
in this chapter.
To determine maximum trailer weight designed for your vehicle, see
Calculating the load your vehicle can carry/tow earlier in this
chapter.
Maximum trailer weight is shown. The combined weight of the
completed towing vehicle (including hitch, passengers and cargo) and
the loaded trailer must not exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating
(GCWR).
WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on
the certification label.
The certification label is found on the driver’s door latch pillar.
WARNING: Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended
gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could
result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural
damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
135
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Preparing to tow
Use the proper equipment for towing a trailer and make sure it is
properly attached to your vehicle. See your dealer or a reliable trailer
dealer if you require assistance.
Hitches
For towing trailers up to 2,000 lb. (907 kg), use a weight carrying hitch
and ball which uniformly distributes the trailer tongue loads through the
underbody structure. Use a frame-mounted weight distributing hitch for
trailers over 2,000 lb. (907 kg).
Do not install a single or multi-clamp type bumper hitch, or a hitch
which attaches to the axle. Underbody mounted hitches are acceptable if
they are installed properly. Follow the towing instructions of a reputable
rental agency.
Whenever a trailer hitch and hardware are removed, make sure all
mounting holes in the underbody are properly sealed to prevent noxious
gases or water from entering.
Safety chains
Always connect the trailer’s safety chains to the frame or hook retainers
of the vehicle hitch. To connect the trailer’s safety chains, cross the
chains under the trailer tongue and allow slack for turning corners.
If you use a rental trailer, follow the instructions that the rental agency
gives to you.
Do not attach safety chains to the bumper.
Trailer brakes
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or surge-type trailer brakes are
safe if installed properly and adjusted to the manufacturer’s
specifications. The trailer brakes must meet local and Federal
regulations.
WARNING: Do not connect a trailer’s hydraulic brake system
directly to your vehicle’s brake system. Your vehicle may not
have enough braking power and your chances of having a
collision greatly increase.
The braking system of the tow vehicle is rated for operation at the
GVWR not GCWR.
136
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Trailer lamps
Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles. Make sure all running
lights, brake lights, turn signals and hazard lights are working. See your
dealer or trailer rental agency for proper instructions and equipment for
hooking up trailer lamps.
Using a step bumper
The optional step bumper is equipped with an integral hitch and requires
only a ball with a 3/4 inch (19 mm) shank diameter. The bumper has a
2,000 lb. (907 kg) trailer weight and 200 lb. (91 kg) tongue weight
capability.
The rated capacities (as shown in this guide) for trailer towing with the
factory bumper are only valid when the trailer hitch ball is installed
directly into the ball hole in the bumper. Addition of bracketry to either
lower the ball hitch position or extend the ball hitch rearward will
significantly increase the loads on the bumper and its attachments. This
can result in the failure of the bumper or the bumper attachments. Use
of any type of hitch extensions should be considered abuse.
Trailer tow connector
The trailer tow connector is located
under the rear bumper, on the
driver’s side of the vehicle.
1
2
3
4
Refer to the following chart for information regarding the
factory-equipped trailer tow connector:
137
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Trailer tow connector
Color
Function
Comment
1. Dark Green
Trailer right-hand
turn signal
Circuit activated when brake
pedal is depressed or when
ignition is on and right-hand
turn signal is applied.
2. Yellow
Trailer left-hand turn Circuit activated when brake
signal
pedal is depressed or when
ignition is on and left-hand
turn signal is applied.
Relay controlled circuit
activated when the park
lamps/headlamps are on.
Matching vehicle circuit
returns to battery’s negative
ground.
3. Tan/White
4. White
Tail lamp
Ground
Driving while you tow
When towing a trailer:
• Turn off the speed control. The speed control may shut off
automatically when you are towing on long, steep grades.
• Consult your local motor vehicle speed regulations for towing a trailer.
• To eliminate excessive shifting, use a lower gear. This will also assist
in transmission cooling. (For additional information, refer to the
Driving with a 5–speed automatic transmission section in the
Driving chapter.)
• Under extreme conditions with large frontal trailers, high outside
temperatures and highway speeds, the coolant gauge may indicate
higher than normal coolant temperatures. If this occurs, reduce speed
until the coolant temperature returns to the normal range. Refer to
Engine coolant temperature gauge in the Instrument Cluster
chapter.
• Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
• Do not exceed the GCWR rating or transmission damage may occur.
Servicing after towing
If you tow a trailer for long distances, your vehicle will require more
frequent service intervals. Refer to your Service Maintenance Section
for more information.
138
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Trailer towing tips
• Practice turning, stopping and backing up before starting on a trip to
get the feel of the vehicle trailer combination. When turning, make
wider turns so the trailer wheels will clear curbs and other obstacles.
• Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached.
• The trailer tongue weight should be 10–15% of the loaded trailer
weight.
• After you have traveled 50 miles (80 km), thoroughly check your
hitch, electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts.
• To aid in engine/transmission cooling and A/C efficiency during hot
weather while stopped in traffic, place the gearshift lever in P (Park)
(automatic transmission) or N (Neutral) (manual transmissions).
• Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade. If you must
park on a grade, place wheel chocks under the trailer’s wheels.
Launching or retrieving a boat
Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer
into the water. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after the
trailer is removed from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval:
• do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of
the rear bumper.
• do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches (15 cm) above the
bottom edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components:
• causing internal damage to the components.
• affecting driveability, emissions and reliability.
Replace the rear axle lubricant any time the axle has been submerged in
water. Rear axle lubricant quantities are not to be checked or changed
unless a leak is suspected or repair required.
RECREATIONAL TOWING
Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing. An
example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a
motorhome. These guidelines are designed to ensure that your
transmission is not damaged.
139
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tires, Wheels and Loading
Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission:
Note: 4x2 and 4x4 vehicles with a manual transmission follow these
guidelines for recreational towing:
Before you have your vehicle towed:
• Release the parking brake.
• Move the gearshift to the neutral position.
• Turn the key in the ignition to the OFF/UNLOCKED position.
• The maximum recommended speed is 55 mph (88 km/h).
• The maximum recommended distance is unlimited.
• Put 4x4 switch in 2WD mode (4x4 only)
• The vehicle must be towed in the forward position to ensure no
damage is done to the internal transmission components.
In addition, it is recommended that you follow the instructions
provided by the aftermarket manufacturer of the towing
apparatus if one has been installed.
Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission
4x2 and 4x4 vehicles with an automatic transmission follow these
guidelines for recreational towing:
• Release the parking brake.
• Turn the key in the ignition to the OFF/UNLOCKED position.
• Place the transmission in N (Neutral).
• Do not exceed a distance of 50 miles (80 km).
• Do not exceed 35 mph (56 km/h) vehicle speed.
• Put 4x4 switch in 2WD mode (4x4 only)
• The vehicle must be towed in the forward position to ensure no
damage is done to the internal transfer case components.
If a distance of 50 miles (80 km) or a speed of 35 mph (56 km/h) must be
exceeded, you must disconnect the front (4x4 only) and rear driveshafts.
Mazda recommends the driveshafts be removed/installed only by a qualified
technician. See your local dealer for driveshaft removal/installation.
Improper removal/installation of the driveshaft can cause
transmission fluid or transfer case fluid loss, damage to the
driveshaft and internal transmission and transfer case components.
CAMPER BODIES
Your pickup is not recommended for slide–in camper bodies.
140
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
Driving
STARTING
Positions of the ignition
1. ACCESSORY, allows the
electrical accessories such as
the radio to operate while the
engine is not running.
4
3
1
5
2. LOCK, locks the steering wheel,
automatic transmission gearshift
lever and allows key removal.
2
3. OFF, shuts off the engine and
all accessories without locking
the steering wheel. This position
also allows the automatic transmission shift lever to be moved from
the P (Park) position without the brake pedal being depressed.
WARNING: When the key is in the ignition and in the OFF
position, the automatic transmission shift lever can be moved
from the P (Park) position without the brake pedal depressed.
To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always set the parking
brake.
4. ON, all electrical circuits operational. Warning lights illuminated. Key
position when driving.
5. START, cranks the engine. Release the key as soon as the engine
starts.
Preparing to start your vehicle
Engine starting is controlled by the powertrain control system.
Note: This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment
standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of
radio noise.
When starting a fuel-injected engine, don’t press the accelerator before
or during starting. Only use the accelerator when you have difficulty
starting the engine. For more information on starting the vehicle, refer to
Starting the engine in this chapter.
141
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
WARNING: Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce
very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system,
creating the risk of fire or other damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle in dry grass
or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the
engine compartment and exhaust system, which can start a fire.
WARNING: Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in
other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open
the garage door before you start the engine. See Guarding
against exhaust fumes in this chapter for more instructions.
WARNING: If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle,
have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately. Do not drive
if you smell exhaust fumes.
Important safety precautions
When the engine starts, the idle RPM runs faster to warm the engine. If
the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically, have the vehicle
checked.
Before starting the vehicle:
1. Make sure all occupants buckle their safety belts. For more
information on safety belts and their proper usage, refer to the
Seating and Safety Restraints chapter.
2. Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off.
142
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
If starting a vehicle with an automatic transmission:
• Make sure the parking brake is
set.
• Make sure the gearshift is in P
(Park).
If starting a vehicle with a manual
transmission:
1. Make sure the parking brake is
set.
2. Push the clutch pedal to the
floor.
3. Turn the key to 4 (ON) without
turning the key to 5 (START).
4
3
5
2
1
If there is difficulty in turning the key, firmly rotate the steering wheel
left and right until the key turns freely. This condition may occur when:
• front wheels are turned
• front wheel is against the curb
143
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
• steering wheel is turned when getting in or out of the vehicle
Make sure the corresponding lights illuminate or illuminate briefly. If a
light fails to illuminate, have the vehicle serviced.
• If the driver’s safety belt is fastened, the
light may not illuminate.
Refer to the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information.
Starting the engine
Note: Whenever you start your vehicle, release the key as soon as the
engine starts. Excessive cranking could damage the starter.
1. Turn the key to 4 (ON) without
turning the key to 5 (START). If
4
there is difficulty in turning the
3
key, rotate the steering wheel
until the key turns freely. This
condition may occur when:
5
2
• the front wheels are turned
• a front wheel is against the curb
1
Turn the key to 5 (START), then
release the key as soon as the
engine starts. Excessive cranking could damage the starter.
Note: If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try,
turn the key to OFF, wait 10 seconds and try again. If the engine still
fails to start, press the accelerator to the floor and try again; this will
allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is
flooded with fuel.
Cold weather starting (flexible fuel vehicles only)
In cold weather, ethanol fuel distributors should supply winter grade
(Ed85) ethanol. If summer grade (Ed85) ethanol is used in cold weather,
144
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
you may experience increased cranking times, rough idle or hesitation
until the engine has warmed up. Consult your fuel distributor for the
availability of winter grade (Ed85) ethanol. High-quality blends of winter
grade (Ed85) ethanol will produce satisfactory cold weather starting and
driving results.
Cold starting performance can also be improved by using an engine block
heater. Engine block heaters are available as an option and can be
obtained from your Mazda dealer. Consult the engine block heater
section for proper use of the engine block heater.
If you experience cold weather starting problems on (Ed85) ethanol, and
neither an alternative brand of (Ed85) ethanol nor an engine block
heater is available, adding unleaded gasoline to your tank will improve
cold starting performance. Your vehicle is designed to operate on (Ed85)
ethanol, unleaded gasoline alone, or any mixture of the two.
If the engine fails to start using the preceding instructions (flexible
fuel vehicles only)
1. Press and hold down the accelerator 1/3 to 1/2 way to floor, then
crank the engine.
2. When the engine starts, release the key, then gradually release the
accelerator pedal as the engine speeds up. If the engine still fails to
start, repeat Step 1.
Using the engine block heater (if equipped)
An engine block heater warms the engine coolant which aids in starting
and heater/defroster performance. Use of an engine block heater is
strongly recommended if you live in a region where temperatures reach
-10°F (-23°C) or below. For best results, plug the heater in at least three
hours before starting the vehicle. The heater can be plugged in the night
before starting the vehicle.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of electrical shock, do not use
your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged
(cheater) adapters.
Guarding against exhaust fumes
Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes. Take precautions to avoid
its dangerous effects.
145
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
WARNING: If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle,
have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately. Do not drive
if you smell exhaust fumes.
Important ventilating information
If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of
time, open the windows at least one inch (2.5 cm) or adjust the heating
or air conditioning to bring in fresh air.
BRAKES
Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding
or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out
and should be inspected by a qualified service technician. If the vehicle
has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
the vehicle should be inspected by a qualified service technician.
Refer to Brake system warning
!
P
light in the Instrument Cluster
chapter for information on the brake
system warning light.
BRAKE
Four-wheel anti-lock brake system (ABS)
This vehicle is equipped with an anti-lock braking system (ABS), a noise
from the hydraulic pump motor and pulsation in the pedal may be
observed during ABS braking events. Pedal pulsation coupled with noise
while braking under panic conditions or on loose gravel, bumps, wet or
snowy roads is normal and indicates proper functioning of the vehicle’s
anti-lock brake system.
NOTE: The ABS performs a self-check after you start the engine and
begin to drive away.
A brief mechanical noise may be heard during this test. This is normal. If
a malfunction is found, the ABS warning light will come on. If the vehicle
has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Mazda dealership.
146
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
The ABS operates by detecting the
onset of wheel lockup during brake
applications and compensates for
this tendency. The wheels are
prevented from locking even when
the brakes are firmly applied. The
accompanying illustration depicts
the advantage of an ABS equipped
vehicle (on bottom) to a non-ABS
equipped vehicle (on top) during hard braking with loss of front braking
traction.
WARNING: The Anti-Lock system does not decrease the time
necessary to apply the brakes or always reduce stopping
distance. Always leave enough room between your vehicle and
the vehicle in front of you to stop.
Using ABS
When hard braking is required, apply continuous force on the brake
pedal; do not pump the brake pedal since this will reduce the
effectiveness of the ABS and will increase your vehicle’s stopping
distance. The ABS will be activated immediately, allowing you to retain
full steering control during hard braking and on slippery surfaces.
However, the ABS does not decrease stopping distance.
ABS warning lamp
The ABS lamp in the instrument
cluster momentarily illuminates
ABS
when the ignition is turned on. If
the light does not illuminate during
start up, remains on or flashes, the
ABS may be disabled and may need to be serviced.
Even when the ABS is disabled,
normal braking is still effective. (If
your BRAKE warning lamp
illuminates with the parking brake
released, have your brake system
serviced immediately.)
!
P
BRAKE
147
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
Parking brake
BRAKE
Apply the parking brake whenever
the vehicle is parked. To set the
parking brake, press the parking
brake pedal down until the pedal
stops.
RELEASE
The BRAKE warning lamp in the
instrument cluster illuminates and
remains illuminated (when the
ignition is turned ON) until the
parking brake is released.
!
P
BRAKE
WARNING: Always set the parking brake fully and make sure
that the gearshift is securely latched in P (Park) (automatic
transmission) or in 1 (First) (manual transmission).
NOTE: The parking brake is not recommended to stop a moving vehicle.
However, if the normal brakes fail, the parking brake can be used to stop
your vehicle in an emergency. Since the parking brake applies only the
rear brakes, the vehicle’s stopping distance will increase greatly and the
handling of your vehicle will be adversely affected.
BRAKE
Pull the release lever to release the
brake.
RELEASE
Driving with the parking brake
on will cause the brakes to wear
out quickly and reduce fuel
economy.
148
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
STEERING
Your vehicle is equipped with power steering. Power steering uses energy
from the engine to decrease the driver’s effort in steering the vehicle.
To prevent damage to the power steering pump:
• Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or the extreme left
for more than a few seconds when the engine is running.
• Do not operate the vehicle with the power steering pump fluid level
below the MIN mark on the reservoir.
If the power steering system breaks down (or if the engine is turned
off), you can steer the vehicle manually, but it takes more effort.
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• Underinflated tire(s) on any wheel(s)
• Uneven vehicle loading
• High crown in center of road
• High crosswinds
• Wheels out of alignment
• Loose or worn suspension components
TRACTION-LOK AXLE/LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (IF EQUIPPED)
This axle provides added traction on slippery surfaces, particularly when
one wheel is on a poor traction surface. Under normal conditions, the
Traction-Lok axle functions like a standard rear axle.
PREPARING TO DRIVE YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover
rate than other types of vehicles.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety
belt.
Your vehicle has larger tires and increased ground clearance, giving the
vehicle a higher center of gravity than a passenger car.
149
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as
utility and four-wheel drive vehicles handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity. Utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high
as passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are
designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions.
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
WARNING: Loaded vehicles, with a higher center of gravity,
may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Extra
precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping
distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED)
Brake-shift interlock
This vehicle is equipped with a brake-shift interlock feature that prevents
the gearshift lever from being moved from P (Park) when the ignition is
in the ON position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P (Park) with ignition in
the ON position and the brake pedal depressed:
1. Apply the parking brake, turn
ignition key to LOCK, then
remove the key.
2. Insert the key and turn it to
OFF. Apply the brake pedal
and shift to N (Neutral).
WARNING: When the key is in the ignition and in the OFF
position, the automatic transmission shift lever can be moved
from the P (Park) position without the brake pedal depressed.
To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always set the parking
brake.
150
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
3. Start the vehicle.
If it is necessary to use the above procedure to move the gearshift lever,
it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle’s brakelamps are not
operating properly. Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside
Emergencies chapter.
WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the
brakelamps are working.
WARNING: Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the
gearshift is latched in P (Park). Turn the ignition to the LOCK
position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.
WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake
warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. See your authorized Mazda dealership.
Driving with a 5–speed automatic transmission (if equipped)
This vehicle is equipped with an adaptive Transmission Shift Strategy.
Adaptive Shift Strategy offers the optimal transmission operation and
shift quality. When the vehicle’s battery has been disconnected for any
type of service or repair, the transmission will need to relearn the normal
shift strategy parameters, much like having to reset your radio stations
when your vehicle battery has been disconnected. The Adaptive
Transmission Strategy allows the transmission to relearn these operating
parameters. This learning process could take several transmission
upshifts and downshifts; during this learning process, slightly firmer
shifts may occur. After this learning process, normal shift feel and shift
scheduling will resume.
WARNING: Hold the brake pedal down while you move the
gearshift lever from P (Park) to another position. If you do not
hold the brake pedal down, your vehicle may move unexpectedly
and injure someone.
151
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
P (Park)
This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from
turning.
To put your vehicle in gear:
• Start the engine
• Depress the brake pedal
• Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear
To put your vehicle in P (Park):
• Come to a complete stop
• Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P (Park)
WARNING: Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the
gearshift is latched in P (Park). Turn the ignition to the LOCK
position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.
R (Reverse)
With the gearshift lever in R (Reverse), the vehicle will move backward.
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R
(Reverse).
N (Neutral)
With the gearshift lever in N (Neutral), the vehicle can be started and is
free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down while in this position.
(Overdrive)
The normal driving position for the
best fuel economy. Transmission
operates in gears one through
O/D
ON/OFF
five.
(Overdrive) can be
deactivated by pressing the
transmission control switch on the end of the gearshift lever.
This will illuminate the O/D OFF
lamp and activate Drive.
O/D
OFF
Drive (not shown)
Drive is activated when the transmission control switch is pressed.
• This position allows for all forward gears except overdrive.
• O/D OFF lamp is illuminated.
152
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
• Provides engine braking.
• Use when driving conditions cause excessive shifting from O/D to
other gears. Examples: city traffic, hilly terrain, heavy loads, trailer
towing and when engine braking is required.
• To return to O/D (overdrive mode), press the transmission control
switch. The O/D OFF lamp will not be illuminated.
•
O/D (Overdrive) is automatically returned each time the key is turned off.
2 (Second)
Use 2 (Second) to start-up on slippery roads or to provide additional
engine braking on downgrades.
1 (First)
• Provides maximum engine braking.
• Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever.
• Will not downshift into 1 (First) at high speeds; allows for 1 (First)
when vehicle reaches slower speeds.
Forced downshifts
• Allowed in
(Overdrive) or Drive.
• Depress the accelerator to the floor.
• Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED)
1
2
3
4
5
R
Using the clutch
The manual transmission has a starter interlock that prevents cranking
the engine unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed.
To start the vehicle:
1. Make sure the parking brake is fully set.
2. Press the clutch pedal to the floor, then put the gearshift lever in the
neutral position.
3. Start the engine, then press the brake pedal and release the parking
brake.
153
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
4. Move the gearshift lever to 1st gear, then slowly release the clutch
pedal while slowly pressing on the accelerator.
During each shift, the clutch pedal must be fully depressed to the floor.
Failure to fully depress the clutch pedal to the floor may cause increased
shift efforts, prematurely wear transmission components or damage the
transmission. Make sure the floor mat is properly positioned so it doesn’t
interfere with the full extension of the clutch pedal.
Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use the clutch
pedal to hold your vehicle at a standstill while waiting on a hill. These
actions will reduce the life of the clutch.
Recommended shift speeds
Downshift according to the following charts for your specific
engine/drivetrain combination:
Upshifts
Transfer case position (if equipped)
Shift from:
2WD and 4H
4L
1 -2
2 - 3
10 mph (16 km/h)
19 mph (26 km/h)
4 mph (6 km/h)
8 mph (10 km/h)
3 - 4
4 - 5 (Overdrive)
28 mph (43 km/h) 12 mph (16 km/h)
40 mph (68 km/h) 16 mph (26 km/h)
Maximum downshift speeds
Transfer case position (if equipped)
2WD and 4H 4L
Shift from:
5 (Overdrive) - 4
55 mph (88 km/h) 22 mph (34 km/h)
45 mph (72 km/h) 18 mph (27 km/h)
35 mph (56 km/h) 14 mph (21 km/h)
4 - 3
3 - 2
2 - 1
20 mph (32 km/h)
8 mph (11 km/h)
Reverse
1. Make sure that your vehicle is at a complete stop before you shift
into R (Reverse). Failure to do so may damage the transmission.
2. Move the gearshift lever into the neutral position and wait at least
three seconds before shifting into R (Reverse).
• The gearshift lever can only be moved into R (Reverse) by moving it
from left of 3 (Third) and 4 (Fourth) before shifting into R (Reverse).
This is a lockout feature that protects the transmission from
accidentally being shifted into R (Reverse) from 5 (Overdrive).
154
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
Parking your vehicle
1. Apply the brake and shift into the neutral position.
2. Fully apply the parking brake, then shift into 1 (First).
3. Turn the ignition off.
WARNING: Do not park your vehicle in Neutral, it may move
unexpectedly and injure someone. Use 1 (First) gear and set
the parking brake fully.
Removing the key
Turn the ignition off, push the
release lever (located above the
ignition), then turn the key toward
you and remove the key.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, it may be rocked out by
shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a
steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating
temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.
Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat.
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: For important information regarding safe operation
of this type of vehicle, see Preparing to drive your vehicle in
this chapter.
Four–wheel drive (4WD) supplies power to all four wheels. 4WD should
not be operated on dry pavement; driveline damage may occur.
If equipped with the Electronic Shift 4WD System, and 4WD Low
is selected while the vehicle is moving, the 4WD system will not
155
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
engage. This is normal and should be no reason for concern. Refer
to Shifting to/from 4WD Low for proper operation.
4WD system indicator lights
• 4x4 - Momentarily illuminates
4x4
when the vehicle is started.
Illuminates when 4H (4WD High)
is engaged.
• 4x4 LOW – Momentarily
4x4
LOW
illuminates when the vehicle is
started. Illuminates when 4L
(4WD Low) is engaged.
Using the electronic shift 4WD system (if equipped)
4X4
4X4
HIGH
LOW
2WD
2WD - Power to the rear wheels only; used for street and highway
driving.
4X4 HIGH - Used for extra traction such as in snow or icy roads or in
off-road situations. Not intended for use on dry pavement.
4X4 LOW - Uses extra gearing to provide maximum power to all four
wheels. Intended only for off-road applications such as deep sand, steep
grades or pulling heavy objects. 4X4 LOW will not engage while the
vehicle is moving; this is normal and should be no reason for concern.
Refer to Shifting to/from 4X4 for proper operation.
Shifting between 2WD and 4X4 HIGH
• Move the 4WD control between 2WD and 4X4 HIGH at any forward
speed.
Note: Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping.
Shifting to/from 4X4 LOW
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop
2. Depress the brake
156
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
3. On vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission, place the
transmission in N (Neutral); on vehicles equipped with a manual
transmission, depress the clutch.
4. Move the 4WD control to the desired position.
• If shifting into 4X4 LOW, wait for the 4WD LOW light in the
instrument cluster to turn on indicating the shift is complete.
• If shifting out of 4X4 LOW, wait for the 4WD LOW light in the
instrument cluster to turn off indicating the shift is complete.
Driving off-road with 4WD
Your vehicle is specially equipped for driving on sand, snow, mud and
rough terrain and has operating characteristics that are somewhat
different from conventional vehicles, both on and off the road.
Maintain steering wheel control at all times, especially in rough terrain.
Since sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel
motion, make sure you grip the steering wheel from the outside. Do not
grip the spokes.
Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objects such as
rocks and stumps.
You should either know the terrain or examine maps of the area before
driving. Map out your route before driving in the area. For more
information on driving off-road, read the “Four Wheeling” supplement in
your owner’s portfolio.
If your vehicle gets stuck
If the vehicle is stuck it may be rocked out by shifting from forward and
reverse gears, stopping between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press lightly
on the accelerator in each gear.
Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating
temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.
Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage
to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may
overheat.
WARNING: Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph (56 km/h).
The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
157
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
Sand
When driving over sand, try to keep all four wheels on the most solid
area of the trail. Do not reduce the tire pressures but shift to a lower
gear and drive steadily through the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly
and avoid spinning the wheels.
Mud and water
If you must drive through high water, drive slowly. Traction or brake
capability may be limited.
When driving through water, determine the depth; avoid water higher
than the bottom of the hubs (if possible) and proceed slowly. If the
ignition system gets wet, the vehicle may stall.
Once through water, always try the brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the
vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved by moving
your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal.
After driving through mud, clean off residue stuck to the driveshafts and
tires. Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an
imbalance that could damage drive components.
If the transmission, transfer case or front axle are submerged in water,
their fluids should be checked and changed, if necessary.
Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is
submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause
internal transmission damage.
Replace rear axle lubricant any time the axle has been submerged in
water. The rear axle does not normally require a lubricant change for the
life of the vehicle. Rear axle lubricant quantities are not to be checked or
changed unless a leak is suspected or repair is required.
Driving on hilly or sloping terrain
When driving on a hill, avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep
slopes. You could lose traction and slip sideways. Drive straight up,
straight down or avoid the hill completely. Know the conditions on the
other side of a hill before driving over the crest.
When climbing a steep hill, start in a lower gear rather than downshifting
to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started. This
reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling.
When descending a steep hill, avoid sudden braking. Shift to a lower gear
when added engine braking is desired.
When speed control is on and you are driving uphill, your vehicle speed
may drop considerably, especially if you are carrying a heavy load.
158
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving
If vehicle speed drops more than 10 mph (16 km/h), the speed control
will cancel automatically. Resume speed with accelerator pedal.
If speed control cancels after climbing the hill, reset speed by pressing
and holding the SET ACCEL button (to resume speeds over 30 mph
[50 km/h]).
Automatic transmissions may shift frequently while driving up steep
grades. Eliminate frequent shifting by shifting out of
a lower gear.
(Overdrive) into
Driving on snow and ice
A 4WD vehicle has advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but
can skid like any other vehicle.
Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on
snow and ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting
from a full stop.
When braking, apply the brakes as you normally would. In order to allow
the anti-lock brake system (ABS) to operate properly, keep steady
pressure on the brake pedal.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for
stopping. Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable, proceed very
slowly especially if the depth is not known. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the hubs (for trucks) or the bottom of
the wheel rims (for cars). Traction or brake capability may be limited
and your vehicle may stall. Water may also enter your engine’s air intake
and severely damage your engine.
Once through the water, always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle
slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal. Wet brakes do
not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes. Driving through deep
water where the transmission vent tube or transfer case vent
tube (4x4 vehicles only) are submerged may allow water into the
transmission or transfer case and cause internal
transmission/transfer case damage.
159
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Emergencies
HAZARD FLASHER
The hazard flasher is located on the
steering column, just behind the
steering wheel. The hazard flashers
will operate when the ignition is in
any position or if the key is not in
the ignition.
Push in the flasher control and all
front and rear direction signals will
flash. Press the flasher control again
to turn them off. Use it when your
vehicle is disabled and is creating a
safety hazard for other motorists.
Note: With extended use, the flasher may run down your battery.
FUEL PUMP SHUT-OFF SWITCH
This device stops the electric fuel pump from sending fuel to the engine
when your vehicle has had a substantial jolt.
After an accident, if the engine cranks but does not start, this switch
may have been activated.
160
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
This switch is located under the
right-hand side of the glove box,
just above the carpet.
To reset the switch:
1. Turn the ignition OFF.
2. Check the fuel system for leaks.
3. If no leaks are apparent, reset
the switch by pushing in on the
reset button.
4. Turn the ignition ON.
5. Wait a few seconds and return
the key to OFF.
6. Make another check for leaks.
FUSES AND RELAYS
Fuses
If electrical components in the
vehicle are not working, a fuse may
have blown. Blown fuses are
identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate
fuses before replacing any electrical
components.
15
Note: Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage
rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire
damage and could start a fire.
161
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Standard fuse amperage rating and color
COLOR
Cartridge
maxi
fuses
—
Fuse
rating
Mini
fuses
Standard
fuses
Maxi
fuses
Fuse link
cartridge
2A
3A
4A
Grey
Violet
Pink
Tan
Grey
Violet
Pink
Tan
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5A
—
—
7.5A
10A
15A
20A
25A
30A
40A
50A
60A
70A
80A
Brown
Red
Brown
Red
—
—
—
Yellow
—
Green
Orange
Red
Blue
Tan
Natural
—
—
—
Blue
—
Pink
Green
Red
—
—
—
—
—
—
Blue
—
Pink
Green
Red
Yellow
Brown
Black
Blue
Yellow
Natural
Green
—
Blue
Yellow
Natural
Green
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Passenger compartment fuse panel
The fuse panel is located under the
right-hand side of the instrument
panel behind the kick panel. A fuse
puller tool is located near the top
left corner of the fuse box; this tool
will assist you in pulling the fuses
out for inspection, if necessary.
162
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
The fuses are coded as follows:
Fuse/Relay Fuse Amp
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
Description
Location
Rating
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5A
Instrument panel dimmer switch
Trailer tow park lamps
Right low beam headlamp
Left low beam headlamp
Windshield wipers/washer
Radio (RUN/ACCY)
Headlamp illumination indicator
Restraints Control Module (RCM), PADI
(Passenger Air bag Deactivation Indicator)
Cluster air bag indicator
10A
10A
10A
30A
10A
5A
10A
9
5A
10
10A
Cluster (RUN/START), 4x4 module
(RUN/START)
163
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Fuse/Relay Fuse Amp
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
Location
Rating
10A
—
15A
15A
Description
Smart Junction Box (SJB) (Logic power)
Not used
Horn, Interior lamps
High beam headlamp, High beam indicator
(cluster)
11
12
13
14
15
16
—
30A
One-touch down relay
Power windows
cartridge
fuse
17
18
19
15A
—
20A
Turn signals/Hazards
Not used
Center High-Mounted Stop Lamp
(CHMSL)/Stop lamps
20
10A
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) module,
Brake-shift interlock, Speed control
module, Back-up lamps, Overdrive cancel
switch, Electronic flasher (turn/hazard)
Starter relay
21
22
5A
5A
Radio (START), 4x4 Neutral sense
(manual only)
23
24
25
26
27
30A
20A
—
2A
10A
Headlamps (low and high beam)
Radio
Accessory relay
Brake pressure switch
Climate control blower relay/blend doors,
4x4 module
28
29
15A
20A
4x4 module B+
Cigar lighter, Diagnostic connector (OBD
II)
30
31
5A
20A
Power mirrors
Front park lamps, Rear park lamps,
License plate lamps
164
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Fuse/Relay Fuse Amp
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
Description
Location
Rating
32
33
34
35
5A
5A
20A
15A
Brake switch (logic)
Instrument cluster
Power point
Power locks
Power distribution box
The power distribution box is
located in the engine compartment.
The power distribution box contains
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle’s main electrical systems
from overloads.
WARNING: Always disconnect the battery before servicing
fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of electrical shock, always replace
the cover to the Power Distribution Box before reconnecting
the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs.
If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected, refer to the
Battery section of the Maintenance and specifications chapter.
165
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
2.3L engine (if equipped)
The high-current fuses are coded as follows:
Fuse/Relay
Location
1
Fuse Amp
Rating
Power Distribution Box
Description
Passenger compartment fuse
panel
40A**
2
3
—
40A**
Not used
Passenger compartment fuse
panel
4
5
—
50A**
Not used
Passenger compartment fuse
panel
6
7
8
—
40A**
—
Not used
Starter relay fuse
Not used
9
10
11
40A**
—
30A**
Ignition switch
Not used
Powertrain Control Module
(PCM), Engine sensors
166
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Fuse/Relay
Location
Fuse Amp
Rating
—
Power Distribution Box
Description
Not used
12
13
14
30A**
—
Blower motor (climate control)
Not used
15
—
Not used
16
—
Not used
17
18
40A**
—
ABS (motor)
Not used
19
20
20A**
—
Engine fan
Not used
21
22
10A*
—
PCM
Not used
23
24
20A*
—
Fuel pump
Not used
25
26
10A*
—
A/C clutch solenoid
Not used
27
—
Not used
28
—
Not used
29
—
Not used
30
—
Not used
31
—
Not used
32
—
Not used
33
30A*
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
(solenoids)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Trailer tow (right turn)
Not used
Not used
HEGOs
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
—
—
—
—
7.5A*
—
—
15A*
167
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Fuse/Relay
Location
Fuse Amp
Power Distribution Box
Description
Trailer tow (left turn)
Not used
Rating
7.5A*
—
42
43
44
—
Not used
45A
45B
46A
46B
47
—
—
—
—
—
—
Wiper HI/LO relay
Wiper Park/Run relay
Fuel pump relay
Washer pump relay
Engine fan relay
Starter relay
48
49
—
Not used
50
—
Not used
51
—
Not used
52
—
Not used
53
—
Not used
54
—
PCM relay
55
—
Blower relay
56A
56B
—
—
A/C clutch solenoid relay
Not used
* Mini Fuses ** Maxi Fuses
168
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
3.0L and 4.0L engines (if equipped)
The high-current fuses are coded as follows:
Fuse/Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box Description
Location
Rating
40A**
—
1
2
Passenger compartment fuse panel
Not used
3
4
40A**
—
Passenger compartment fuse panel
Not used
5
6
50A**
—
Passenger compartment fuse panel
Not used
7
8
40A**
—
Starter relay fuse
Not used
9
40A**
—
30A**
—
30A**
—
—
Ignition switch
Not used
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) relay fuse
Not used
Blower motor (climate control)
Not used
Not used
10
11
12
13
14
15
169
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Fuse/Relay Fuse Amp
Power Distribution Box Description
Location
Rating
16
—
Not used
17
18
40A**
—
ABS (motor)
Not used
19
—
Not used
20
—
Not used
21
22
10A*
—
PCM
Not used
23
24
20A*
—
Fuel pump
Not used
25
26
10A*
—
A/C clutch solenoid
Not used
27
28
20A*
—
4x4 module
Not used
29
—
Not used
30
—
Not used
31
32
15A*
—
Foglamps
Not used
33
34
30A*
—
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (solenoids)
Not used
35
—
Not used
36
—
Not used
37
—
Not used
38
39
7.5A*
—
Trailer tow (right turn)
Not used
40
—
Not used
41
42
43
15A*
7.5A*
—
HEGOs
Trailer tow (left turn)
Not used
44
—
Not used
45A
45B
—
—
Wiper HI/LO relay
Wiper Park/Run relay
170
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
Fuse/Relay Fuse Amp
Power Distribution Box Description
Location
46A
46B
47
Rating
—
—
—
A/C clutch solenoid
Washer pump relay
PCM relay
48A
48B
51
—
—
—
Fuel pump relay
Fog lamp relay
Not used
52
—
Not used
53
—
Not used
54
—
Not used
55
56
—
—
Blower relay
Starter relay
* Mini Fuses ** Maxi Fuses
OVERHEATING
If the temperature gauge indicates overheating and you experience
power loss, you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise, the engine is
probably too hot.
If this happens:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way.
2. Shift the automatic transmission into P (Park) or the manual
transmission into the neutral position, and apply the parking brake.
3. Turn off the air conditioner.
WARNING: Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous. The
escaping steam could seriously burn you. Open the hood ONLY
after steam is no longer escaping from the engine.
4. Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or
from the engine compartment.
• If steam is coming from the engine compartment: do not go near
the front of the vehicle. Stop the engine, then turn the ignition switch
to the ON position without starting the engine. The radiator cooling
fans will start to cool the engine.
• If neither coolant nor steam is escaping: open the hood and idle
the engine until it cools. If this does not lower the temperature, stop
the engine and let it cool.
171
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
5. Check the coolant level. If it is low, look for leaks in the radiator
hoses and connections, heater hoses and connections, radiator and
water pump.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if coolant is still leaking, stop the
engine and call an Authorized Mazda dealer.
See Adding coolant in the Maintenance and specifications section. If
you find no problems, the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious,
carefully add coolant as required.
WARNING: When the engine and radiator are hot, scalding
coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury. Do not remove the cooling system cap when the
engine and radiator are hot.
Note: If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats, have
the cooling system inspected. The engine could be seriously damaged
unless repairs are made.
JUMP STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING: The gases around the battery can explode if
exposed to flames, sparks, or lit cigarettes. An explosion could
result in injury or vehicle damage.
WARNING: Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin,
eyes and clothing, if contacted.
Do not attempt to push-start your vehicle. Automatic
transmissions do not have push-start capability; doing so may
damage the catalytic converter.
Preparing your vehicle
When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed, the
transmission must relearn its shift strategy. As a result, the transmission
may have firm and/or soft shifts. This operation is considered normal and
will not affect function or durability of the transmission. Over time, the
adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation.
1. Use only a 12–volt supply to start your vehicle.
2. Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could
damage the vehicle’s electrical system.
172
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
3. Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle
making sure the two vehicles do not touch. Set the parking brake on
both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other
moving parts.
4. Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion
before you attach the battery cables. Ensure that vent caps are tight
and level.
5. Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect any electrical
surges. Turn all other accessories off.
Connecting the jumper cables
–
–
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of
the discharged battery.
Note: In the illustrations, lightning bolts are used to designate the
assisting (boosting) battery.
–
–
2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the assisting battery.
173
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
–
–
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the
assisting battery.
–
–
4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to an exposed
metal part of the stalled vehicle’s engine, away from the battery and
the fuel injection system. Do not use fuel lines, engine rocker covers
or the intake manifold as grounding points.
WARNING: Do not connect the end of the second cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the battery to be jumped. A spark may
cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery.
5. Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades, belts, moving parts of
both engines, or any fuel delivery system parts.
Jump starting
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at
moderately increased speed.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
174
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been started, run both engines for an
additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables.
Removing the jumper cables
–
–
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were
connected.
1. Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface.
Note: In the illustrations, lightning bolts are used to designate the
assisting (boosting) battery.
–
–
2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) connection of the
booster vehicle’s battery.
175
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
–
–
3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the
booster vehicle’s battery.
–
–
4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the
disabled vehicle’s battery.
After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables
removed, allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can
relearn its idle conditions.
176
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Roadside Emergencies
WRECKER TOWING
If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing
service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your
roadside assistance service provider.
It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed
equipment. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Mazda has not approved a
slingbelt towing procedure.
On 4x2 vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front
wheels on the ground and the rear wheels off the ground.
On 4x4 vehicles, it is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the
ground.
If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly, vehicle
damage may occur.
177
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance
CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE (U.S.A. MAINLAND AND HAWAII)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to
serve you. All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the
tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement
regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer
personnel, we recommend that you take the following steps:
STEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest
and best way to address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved
by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS
MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the
dealership or the OWNER.
STEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting
your dealership management, you can reach Mazda North American
Operations by one of the following ways.
By email at: www.mazdaUSA.com (Click the TALK TO US link at the top
of the home page).
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local
Mazda Dealership in the U.S., can be found here.
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618–2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623–9734
Whatever way you contact us, please help us to serve you more
efficiently and effectively by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration
or title or located on the upper driver’s side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer’s name and location
178
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda
Distributor.
CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE (CANADA)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to
serve you. All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the
tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition.
In our experience, any questions, problems or complaints regarding the
operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are
most effectively resolved by your dealer. If the cause of your
dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership
procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
STEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the
Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner
of the dealership or its General Manager
STEP 2: Call the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service
Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service
Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda Canada Inc. Regional
Office nearest you for such arrangements.
STEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations
Department, Mazda Canada Inc., 305 Milner Avenue, Suite 400
Scarborough, Ontario M1B 3V4 Canada TEL: 1 (800) 263–4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle
Identification Labels” page of section 10 of this manual for the
location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date.
5. Present odometer reading.
6. Your dealer’s name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction.
179
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service
Representative, will review the case to determine if everything possible
has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases
requires the use of your Mazda dealer’s service facilities. personnel and
equipment. We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence
therefore for most effective results.
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda’s
Customer Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting procedures in this
manual, your concern is still not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered
by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will
advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an
independent third party through binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our
dealers. Mazda’s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution
to our achieving that goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP.
CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the award is binding on both
you and Mazda Canada Inc.
CANADIAN MOTOR VEHICLE ARBITRATION PLAN (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached
between an owner, Mazda, and/or one of it’s dealers (that all parties
cannot agree upon), the owner may wish to use the services offered by
the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist
consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings.
However, before you can proceed with CAMVAP you must follow your
Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories. Consumers
wishing to obtain further information about the Program can obtain an
information booklet from their dealer, the Provincial Administrator at 1
(800) 207-0685, or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Office At:
235 Yorkland Boulevard, Suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
180
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
REGIONAL OFFICES
Regional Offices
Mazda Canada Inc.
Western Region
8171 Ackroyd Road
Suite 2000
Areas Covered
Alberta,
British Columbia,
Manitoba,
Richmond, B.C.
V6X 3K1
Saskatchewan,
Yukon
(604) 303–5670
Mazda Canada Inc.
Central Region
305 Milner Avenue
Suite 400
Ontario
Scarborough, Ontario.
M1B 3V4
1 (800) 263–4680
Mazda Canada Inc.
Quebec Region/Atlantic Region
6111 Route Trans
Canadienne
Quebec,
New Brunswick,
Nova Scotia,
Pointe Claire, Quebec
H9R 5A5
Prince Edward Island,
Newfoundland
(514) 694–6390
CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE (PUERTO RICO)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep
your Mazda vehicle in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement
regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer
personnel, we recommend that you take the following steps:
STEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest
and best way to address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved
by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS
MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the
dealership or the OWNER.
181
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
STEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please
contact your area’s Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration
or title or located on the upper driver’s side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer’s name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you would like to write a letter, please address it to the following,
Attn: Customer Assistance
Plaza Motors Corp.
Mazda de Puerto Rico
P.O. Box 362722
San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936–2722
Tel: (787) 788–9300
This way, we can be sure to respond to you as efficiently as possible.
That is our goal.
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda
Distributor.
MAZDA IMPORTERS/DISTRIBUTORS
U.S.A (Importer/Distributor)
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618–2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623–9734
TEL: 1 (800) 222–5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727–1990 (outside U.S.A.)
(Distributor in each area)
182
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
CANADA
Mazda Canada, Inc.
305 Milner Avenue, Suite 400
Scarborough, Ontario M1B 3V4 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263–4680 (in Canada)
(416) 609–9909 (outside Canada)
PUERTO RICO
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico 00936–2722
TEL: (787) 788–9300
GUAM
(d.b.a. Triple J. Enterprises, Inc.)
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam
TEL: (671) 646–9216
SAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234–7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
Beach Road
Chalan LauLau
Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 235–4868
AMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699–1854
ADD-ON NON-GENUINE PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in
stores. These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by the
manufacturer for use with Mazda vehicles. When you install non-genuine
parts or accessories, they could affect your vehicle’s performance or
safety system; the manufacturer’s warranty doesn’t cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
183
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
WARNING: Installation of Non-Genuine Parts or Accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories could be
dangerous. Improperly designed parts or accessories could
seriously affect your vehicle’s performance or safety system.
This could cause you to have an accident or increase your
chances of injuries in an accident. Always consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories.
WARNING: Add-On Electrical and Electronic Equipment:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or
choosing an improper installer could be dangerous. Essential
systems could be damaged, causing engine stalling, air-bag
(SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle. Be
very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical
equipment, such as mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo
systems, and car alarm systems.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may
result from the installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR MAZDA
• New Vehicle Limited Warranty
• Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
• Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
• Federal Emission Control Warranty
– Emission Defect Warranty
– Emission Performance Warranty
• California Emission Control Warranty (if applicable)
• Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
• Tire Warranty
NOTE: Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda
portfolio.
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles
meet specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore,
vehicles built for use in the United States, may differ from those sold in
other countries.
184
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle
to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly
recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States.
However, in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently,
Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with
the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety requirements.
Special Note: The above is applicable for permanent import/export
situations and not related to travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside
of the United States:
• Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or
low-octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the
emission controls and engine.
• Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement
parts may not be available.
Please refer to your manufacturers warranty booklet for more
information.
OUTSIDE CANADA
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for
use in Canada, may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle
to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly
recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada. However, in
the event that you are moving to the United States permanently, Mazda
vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the
United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety requirements.
Special Note: The above is applicable for permanent import/export
situations and not related to travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside
of Canada:
• Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or
low-octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the
emission controls and engine.
• Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement
parts may not be available.
185
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
Please refer to your manufacturers warranty booklet for more
information.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
your Mazda importer/distributor.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and
if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a
recall and remedy campaign. However NHTSA cannot become involved in
individual problems between you, your dealer, or your Mazda
importer/distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1–800–424–9393 (or 366–0123 in the Washington D.C. area) or write
to:
NHTSA
400 Seventh Street
U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
the Hotline.
(Note)
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755, Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618–2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623–9734
Customer Assistance Center
or toll free at 1 (800) 222–5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda
Distributor. See the Mazda Importers/Distributors section of this
manual.
186
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners
who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, refer to the chart below.
If they don’t have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999 95 022B 05
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
WORKSHOP MANUAL
WIRING DIAGRAM
9999 95 020G 05
9999 95 023C 05
OWNER’S MANUAL
WORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive
train, body and chassis.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the
entire electrical system.
OWNER’S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and
operation of your vehicle. This is not a technician’s manual.
Please note that your Authorized Mazda Dealership has trained
personnel and special service tools to correctly and safely
maintain Mazda vehicles.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer
or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the
vehicle’s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of
attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the
vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or
payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer
use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer
has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership
of a new vehicle or the first 18,000 miles (29,000 km), whichever occurs
first:
187
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Assistance
1. Two or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity
likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity
(a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or
safety of the vehicle) OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total
of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time)
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the
manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the
following address:
Mazda North American Operations
7755, Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618–2922
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect that could cause a crash, or
could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Mazda Corporation.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and
if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a
recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer or Mazda Corporation.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1–800–424–9393 (202–366–0123 in the Washington D.C. area) or write
to:
NHTSA
U.S. Department of Transportation
400 Seventh Street
Washington D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
the Hotline.
188
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cleaning
Cleaning
WASHING THE EXTERIOR
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral
Ph shampoo, such as an approved shampoo available from your Mazda
dealer.
• Never use strong household detergents or soap, such as dish washing
or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted
surfaces.
• Never wash a vehicle that is “hot to the touch” or during exposure to
strong, direct sunlight.
• Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for
best results.
• Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to
eliminate water spotting.
• It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the
winter months, as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Immediately remove items such as gasoline, diesel fuel, bird droppings
and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle’s
paintwork and trim over time.
• Remove any exterior accessories, such as antennas, before entering a
car wash.
• Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted
surface; if these substances come in contact with your vehicle,
wash off as soon as possible.
WAXING
Applying a polymer paint sealant to your vehicle every six months will
assist in reducing minor scratches and paint damage.
• Wash the vehicle first.
• Do not use waxes that contain abrasives.
• Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non-body
(low-gloss black) colored trim, such as grained door handles, roof
racks, bumpers, side moldings, mirror housings or the windshield cowl
area. The paint sealant will “gray” or stain the parts over time.
PAINT CHIPS
Your dealer has touch-up paint to match your vehicle’s color. Touch-up
paint can be used to repair minor scratches to painted surfaces.
189
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cleaning
• Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips.
• Always read the instructions before using the products.
ALUMINUM WHEELS AND COVERS
Aluminum wheel rims or covers are coated with a clearcoat paint finish.
In order to maintain their shine:
• Clean with One Step Wash and Wax Concentrate, which is available
from your authorized Mazda dealer.
• Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or
covers.
• Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your
wheel rims or covers. Chemical-strength cleaners, or cleaning
chemicals, in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust
and dirt, could wear away the clearcoat finish over time.
• Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel
cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
• To remove tar and grease, use Extra Strength Tar and Road Oil
Removal, available from your authorized Mazda dealer.
ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt
buildup keep the engine warmer than normal. When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine. The
high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause
damage.
• Never spray the engine or other engine components with water. Water
will damage the engine or other engine components.
• Spray Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, available at your authorized
Mazda dealer, on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse
clean.
• Cover the highlighted areas to prevent water damage when cleaning
the engine.
190
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cleaning
• 2.3L Engine
2.3L
16 VA
LVE
• 3.0L Engine
191
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cleaning
• 4.0L Engine
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running; water in the
running engine may cause internal damage.
PLASTIC (NON-PAINTED) EXTERIOR PARTS
Use only approved products to clean plastic parts. These products are
available from your dealer.
• For routine cleaning, use One Step Wash and Wax Concentrate,
available at your authorized Mazda dealer.
• If tar or grease spots are present, use Extra Strength Tar and Road Oil
Removal, available at your authorized Mazda dealer.
WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES
The windshield, rear window and wiper blades should be cleaned
regularly. If the wiper does not wipe properly, substances on the
windshield, rear window or the wiper blades may be the cause. These
may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes, tree
sap, or other organic contamination. To clean these items, please follow
these tips:
• The windshield or rear window may be cleaned with a non-abrasive
cleaner such as Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, available from your
authorized Mazda dealer.
• Do not use abrasives, as they may cause scratches.
• Do not use fuel, kerosene, or paint thinner to clean any parts.
• Wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl (rubbing) alcohol or
windshield washer solution. Be sure to replace wiper blades when they
appear worn or do not function properly.
192
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cleaning
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CLUSTER LENS
Clean the instrument panel with a damp cloth, then dry with a dry cloth.
• Avoid cleaners or polish that increase the gloss of the upper portion of
the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect the
driver from undesirable windshield reflection.
WARNING: Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents
when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid
contamination of the air bag system.
• Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in
contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan
lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted
surfaces.
INTERIOR TRIM
• Clean the interior trim areas with a damp cloth, then dry by wiping
with a dry, soft, clean cloth.
• Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the
finish.
INTERIOR
For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, and safety belts:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
• Remove light stains and soil with Extra Strength Upholstery Cleaner,
available at your authorized Mazda dealer.
• If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the area first
with Spot and Stain Remover, available at your authorized Mazda
dealer.
• Never saturate the seat covers with cleaning solution.
• Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can
stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of
the seat materials.
UNDERBODY
Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently. Keep body and
door drain holes free from packed dirt.
193
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cleaning
MAZDA CAR CARE PRODUCTS
Your Mazda dealer has many quality products available to clean your
vehicle and protect its finishes. These quality products have been
specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs; they are custom
designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle. Each
product is made from high quality materials that meet or exceed rigid
specifications. For best results, use these products or products of
equivalent quality. These products are available at your authorized Mazda
dealer.
194
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Maintenance and Specifications
INTRODUCTION
Be extremely careful to prevent injury to yourself and others or damage
to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you’re unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you
to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for
your vehicle. Without this expertise and the parts that have been
designed and made especially for your Mazda, inadequate, incomplete,
and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This could lead to
vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been
performed as prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as
opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will
not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda’s original
equipment may perform maintenance. But we recommend that it
always be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine
Mazda parts.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Schedule 1 — Normal Driving Conditions/Emission Control
Systems
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the
following conditions apply. If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.
• Reapeated short-distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions.
• Towing a trailer.
• Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.
• Exntended periods of idling or low-speed operation.
• High-speed operation with a fully loaded vehicle.
• Off-road operation.
NOTE: After the described period, continue to follow the described
maintenance at the recommended intervals.
195
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
CHART SYMBOLS
I: Inspect and if necessary, correct, clean or replace
A Adjust
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
Normal driving service intervals — perform at the months or distances
shown, whichever occurs first.
Maintenance Interval (Number of months or Miles (km),
whichever comes first)
Months
4
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
48
60
Maintenance Item
x 1000 miles
(x 1000 km)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
(8) (16) (24) (32) (40) (48) (56) (64) (72) (80) (88) (96)
ENGINE
Engine oil — every 6 months
Oil filter — every 6 months
PCV valve
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
*3
*4
AIR CLEANER
Air cleaner filter
R
R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
COOLING SYSTEM
Engine Coolant (green)
Replace at first 45,000 miles (72,000 km)
or 36 months, after that, every 30,000 miles
(48,000 km) or 24 months
Engine Coolant (yellow)
Replace at first 100,000 miles (160,000 km)
or 60 months; after that, every 50,000 miles
(80,000 km) or 36 months
Coolant condition and protection,
hoses and clamps — annually —
prior to cold weather every 12
months
I
I
I
I
CHASSIS AND BODY
Wheel lug nut torque
*1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect tires for wear and rotate (X
= recommended interval for optimal
tire life)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
196
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Maintenance Interval (Number of months or Miles (km),
whichever comes first)
Months
4
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
48
60
Maintenance Item
x 1000 miles
(x 1000 km)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
(8) (16) (24) (32) (40) (48) (56) (64) (72) (80) (88) (96)
Clutch reservoir fluid level
Front wheel bearings (4x2)
Disc brake system
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
L
I
I
L
I
I
L
I
Caliper slide rails
L
I
Drum brake system, lines and hoses
Exhaust system for leaks, damage,
looseness
I
I
Manual transmission fluid
R
I
Automatic
transmission fluid
*2
I
I
Exhaust system shielding (for
trapped material)
I
Propeller shaft U-joints (if equipped
with grease fittings)
L
L
I
L
L
L
I
L
Parking brake system (for damage
and operation)
I
I
Ball joints (4x2)
I/L
I/L
I/L
I/L
Transfer case fluid (4x4)
Rear axle lubricant
Replace every 150,000 miles (240,000 km)
Does not require replacement unless rear axle
submerged in water
Accessory drive belts
Fuel filter
*5
R
I
R
Steering linkage, ball joints,
suspension and driveshaft
I
I
I
*1 The wheel lug nuts must be retightened to the proper specifications
at 500 miles (800 km) of new vehicle operation, at any wheel change, or
at any other time the wheel lug nuts have been loosened.
*2 Replace every 150,000 miles (240,000 km) unless submerged in water.
*3 At 60,000 miles (96,000 km), the dealer will replace the PCV valve at
no cost, except Canada and California vehicles.
*4 Refer to vehicle emission control information label for spark plug and
gap specifications.
197
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
*5 The California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to
perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty nor
limit recall liability prior to completion of the vehicle’s useful life.
Schedule 1 continued
Maintenance Interval (Number of months or Miles (km),
whichever comes first)
Months
52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92
96
Maintenance Item
x 1000 miles
(x 1000 km)
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
(104) (112) (121) (128) (136) (144) (152) (160) (168) (176) (184) (192)
ENGINE
Engine oil — every 6 months
Oil filter — every 6 months
PCV valve
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
*3
*4
AIR CLEANER
Air cleaner filter
R
R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
R
COOLING SYSTEM
Engine Coolant (green)
Replace at first 45,000 miles (72,000 km)
or 36 months, after that, every 30,000 miles
(48,000 km) or 24 months
Engine Coolant (yellow)
Replace at first 100,000 miles (160,000 km)
or 60 months; after that, every 50,000 miles
(80,000 km) or 36 months
Coolant condition and protection,
hoses and clamps — annually
—prior to cold weather every 12
months
I
I
I
I
CHASSIS AND BODY
Wheel lug nut torque
*1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect tires for wear and rotate (X
= recommended interval for optimal
tire life)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Clutch reservoir fluid level
Front wheel bearings (4x2)
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
198
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Maintenance Interval (Number of months or Miles (km),
whichever comes first)
Months
52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
(104) (112) (121) (128) (136) (144) (152) (160) (168) (176) (184) (192)
96
Maintenance Item
x 1000 miles
(x 1000 km)
Disc brake system
Caliper slide rails
I
L
I
I
L
I
I
L
I
I
L
I
Drum brake system, lines and hoses
Exhaust system for leaks, damage,
looseness
I
I
Manual transmission fluid
R
I
Automatic
transmission fluid
*2
I
I
Exhaust system shielding (for
trapped material)
I
Propeller shaft U-joints (if equipped
with grease fittings)
L
L
I
L
L
L
I
L
Parking brake system (for damage
and operation)
I
I
Ball joints (4x2)
I/L
I/L
I/L
I/L
Transfer case fluid (4x4)
Rear axle lubricant
Replace every 150,000 miles (240,000 km)
Does not require replacement unless rear axle
submerged in water
Accessory drive belts
I
Fuel filter
*5
R
I
R
Steering linkage, ball joints,
suspension and driveshaft
I
I
I
*1 The wheel lug nuts must be retightened to the proper specifications
at 500 miles (800 km) of new vehicle operation, at any wheel change, or
at any other time the wheel lug nuts have been loosened.
*2 Replace every 150,000 miles (240,000 km) unless submerged in water.
*3 At 60,000 miles (96,000 km), the dealer will replace the PCV valve at
no cost, except Canada and California vehicles.
*4 Refer to vehicle emission control information label for spark plug and
gap specifications.
199
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
*5 The California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to
perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty nor
limit recall liability prior to completion of the vehicle’s useful life.
SCHEDULE 2 — SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS
If your driving habits FREQUENTLY include one or more of the
following conditions:
• Short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) when outside temperatures
remain below freezing.
• Towing a trailer, or carrying maximum loads.
• Operating in severe dust conditions.
• Operating during hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.
• Extensive idling, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery service.
• High speed operation with a fully loaded vehicle (max. GVW).
• Off-road operation
Change ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER every 3 months or 3,000 miles
(4,800 km) whichever occurs first.
NOTE: Idling the engine for extended periods will accumulate more
hours of use on your vehicle than is actually indicated by the mileage
odometer. Consequently, the odometer reading can be often misleading
when determining the right time to change your engine oil and filter. If
you are using your vehicle in a manner which allows it to remain
stationary while the engine is running for long periods (door-to-door
delivery, taxi, police, power/utility company trucks, or similar duty), then
Mazda recommends you increase the frequency of oil and filter changes
to an interval equivalent to 200 ENGINE HOURS or use. Since most
vehicles are not equipped with hour-meters, it may be necessary for you
to approximate your idle time and plan oil/filter changes accordingly.
200
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Special Operating
Conditions
3,000
miles or
3 months
Suggested Maintenance
Interval
5,000 15,000 30,000 60,000
miles miles miles miles required required required miles miles
As
As
As
30,000 60,000
Towing a trailer or
using a camper or
car top carrier
X
X
X
X
X
X
Extensive idling or
low-speed driving
for long distances
as in heavy
commercial use
such as delivery,
taxi or patrol car
X
X
X
X
X
X
Operating in dusty
conditions such as
unpaved or dusty
roads
X
X
X
X
Off road operation
X
X
For specific recommendations see your authorized Mazda dealer or
qualified service professional.
OWNER MAINTENANCE
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle
inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable
operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or
qualified service technician as soon as possible.
201
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
While operating your vehicle
• Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell or exhaust
fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased
steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in the
straight ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on a smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for strange sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel or “hard to push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occur,
check the transmission fluid level.
• Check automatic transmission Park function.
• Check parking brake.
At least monthly
• Check function of all interior and exterior lights.
• Check tires for wear and proper air pressure.
• Check engine oil level.
• Check coolant level in the coolant reservoir.
• Check washer fluid level.
At least twice a year (for example, every spring and fall)
• Check power steering fluid level.
• Check clutch fluid level (if equipped).
• Check and clean body and door drain holes.
• Check and lubricate all hinges, latches, and outside locks.
• Check and lubricate door rubber weather strips.
• Check parking brake for proper operation.
• Check lap/shoulder belts and seat latches for wear and function.
• Check air pressure in spare tire.
• Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
• Check safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, air bag, safety belt) for
operation.
202
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• Check cooling system fluid level and verify coolant specific gravity is
correct for summer or winter conditions.
• Check battery water level (non-maintenance free).
• Check battery connections and clean if necessary.
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS
To help you service your vehicle:
• We highlight do-it-yourself items in the engine compartment for easy
location.
• We provide a Scheduled Maintenance section which makes tracking
routine service easy.
If your vehicle requires professional service, your dealership can provide
necessary parts and service. Check your “Warranty Information” to find
out which parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts
conforming to specifications. Genuine Mazda parts are designed and built
to provide the best performance in your vehicle.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed
space, unless you are sure you have enough ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other lit material away from the battery and
all fuel related parts.
Working with the engine off
• Automatic transmission:
1. Set the parking brake and shift to P (Park).
2. Turn off the engine and remove the key.
3. Block the wheels.
• Manual transmission:
1. Set the parking brake, depress the clutch and place the gearshift in 1
(First).
2. Turn off the engine and remove the key.
3. Block the wheels.
203
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Working with the engine on
• Automatic transmission:
1. Set the parking brake and shift to P (Park).
2. Block the wheels.
• Manual transmission:
1. Set the parking brake, depress the clutch and place the gearshift in
N (Neutral).
2. Block the wheels.
Note: Do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not
remove it while the engine is running.
OPENING THE HOOD
1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood
release handle located under
the bottom of the instrument
panel near the steering column.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle
and release the auxiliary latch
that is located under the front
center of the hood.
3. Lift the hood and support it
with the prop rod.
204
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
IDENTIFYING COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.3L I4 engine
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
2. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine oil dipstick
4. Transmission fluid dipstick (automatic transmission)
5. Engine oil filler cap
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Power distribution box
8. Clutch fluid reservoir (manual transmission)
9. Battery
10. Power steering fluid reservoir
11. Air filter assembly
205
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
3.0L V6 engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
3. Engine oil filler cap
4. Transmission fluid dipstick (automatic transmission)
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Power distribution box
8. Clutch fluid reservoir (manual transmission)
9. Battery
10. Power steering fluid reservoir
11. Air filter assembly
206
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
4.0L SOHC V6 engine
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
2. Transmission fluid dipstick (automatic transmission)
3. Engine oil filler cap
4. Engine oil dipstick
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Power distribution box
7. Clutch fluid reservoir (manual transmission)
8. Battery
9. Power steering fluid reservoir
10. Air filter assembly
11. Engine coolant reservoir
207
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID
Windshield washer fluid
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the
level is low. In very cold weather, do
not fill the reservoir completely.
E
H R
S
F
A
LU
W
ID
O
N
L
Y
RA
DIA
TOR
NT
CO
OLA
ON
LY
Only use a washer fluid that meets Mazda specification . Refer to
Lubricant specifications in this chapter.
State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the
use of methanol, a common windshield washer antifreeze additive.
Washer fluids containing non-methanol antifreeze agents should be used
only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the
vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or washer system.
WARNING: If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below
40° F (4.5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze protection.
Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold
weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase
the risk of injury or accident.
Note: Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir. Washer
fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system
components.
208
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil
Refer to the service maintenance section for the appropriate intervals for
checking the engine oil.
1. Make sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Turn the engine off and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain into
the oil pan.
3. Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in
P (Park) (automatic transmission) or 1 (First) (manual
transmission).
4. Open the hood. Protect yourself from engine heat.
5. Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level indicator (dipstick).
• 2.3L I4 engine
MIN
MAX
209
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• 3.0L V6 engine
• 4.0L SOHC V6 engine
210
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
6. Wipe the indicator clean. Insert the indicator fully, then remove it
again.
• If the oil level is between the MIN and MAX marks, the oil level is
acceptable, DO NOT ADD OIL.
• If the oil level is below the MIN mark, add enough oil to raise the level
within the MIN-MAX range.
• 2.3L I4 engine
SAE 5W-20
• 3.0L V6 engine
SAE 5W-20
211
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• 4.0L SOHC V6 engine
SAE 5W-30
• Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage. Some oil
must be removed from the engine by a service technician.
7. Put the indicator back in and ensure it is fully seated.
Adding engine oil
1. Check the engine oil. For instructions, refer to Checking the engine
oil in this chapter.
2. If the engine oil level is not within the normal range, add only
certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity. Remove the engine
oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening.
3. Recheck the engine oil level. Make sure the oil level is not above the
MAX mark or the letter F in FULL on the engine oil level indicator
(dipstick).
4. Install the indicator and ensure it is fully seated.
5. Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap 1/4 turn
until it stops.
To avoid possible oil loss, DO NOT operate the vehicle with the
engine oil level indicator and/or the engine oil filler cap removed.
212
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Engine Oil Recommendations
2.3L & 3.0L Engines
Look for this certification
trademark.
SAE 5W-20 engine oil is
recommended.
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American
Petroleum Institute (API). An oil
with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection
standards and fuel economy
requirements of the International
Lubricant Standardization and
Approval Committee (ISLAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese automobile manufacturers. Use an
equivalent oil Mazda specification. SAE 5W-20 oil provides optimum
fuel economy and durability performance meeting all
requirements for your vehicle’s engine.
Change your engine oil and filter according to the appropriate schedule
listed in the service maintenance section.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives, oil treatments or engine
treatments. They are unnecessary and could, under certain conditions,
lead to engine damage which is not covered by your warranty.
4.0L Engine
Look for this certification
trademark.
SAE 5W-30 engine oil is
recommended.
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this
trademark symbol conforms to the
current engine and emission system
protection standards and fuel
economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and
Approval Committee (ISLAC), comprised of U.S. and Japanese automobile
manufacturers. Use an equivalent Mazda Specification.
213
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives, oil treatments or engine
treatments. They are unnecessary and could, under certain conditions,
lead to engine damage which is not covered by your warranty.
Change your engine oil according to the appropriate schedule listed in
the service maintenance section.
Engine Oil Filter Recommendation
Change your engine oil filter according to the appropriate schedule listed
in the service maintenance section. Mazda production and aftermarket
(Mazda) oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life.
If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Mazda Material and
design specifications, start-up engine noises or knock may be
experienced.
It is recommended you use the appropriate Mazda oil filter (or another
brand meeting Mazda specifications) for your engine.
BATTERY
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Mazda maintenance-free battery
which normally does not require
additional water during its life of
service.
However, for severe usage or in high temperature climates, check the
battery electrolyte level. Refer to the Service Maintenance Section for
the service interval schedules.
Keep the electrolyte level in each cell up to the “level indicator”.
Do not overfill the battery cells.
If possible, try to only fill the battery cells with distilled water. If the
battery needs water often, have the charging system checked.
If your battery has a cover/shield, make sure it is reinstalled
after the battery has been cleaned or replaced.
214
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and
dry. Also, make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to
the battery terminals.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals, remove the cables
from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You can neutralize the
acid with a solution of baking soda and water.
Note: Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to
the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect
battery performance and durability.
WARNING: Batteries normally produce explosive gases which
can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames,
sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When
working near the battery, always shield your face and protect
your eyes. Always provide proper ventilation.
WARNING: When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive
pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the
vent caps, resulting in personal injury and/or damage to the
vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries
contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect
against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a
minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If
acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
Because your vehicle’s engine is electronically controlled by a computer,
some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery. When
the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed, the engine must
relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and
performance. To begin this process:
1. With the vehicle at a complete stop, set the parking brake.
215
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
2. Put the gearshift lever in P (Park), turn off all accessories and start
the engine.
3. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.
4. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute.
5. Turn the A/C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute.
6. Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process.
• The vehicle may need to be driven to relearn the idle and fuel trim
strategy.
• If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim, the idle
quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle
trim is eventually relearned.
When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed, the
transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy. As a result of this, the
transmission may shift firmly. This operation is considered normal and
will not affect function or durability of the transmission. Over time the
adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation to its
optimum shift feel.
If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed,
the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is
reconnected.
• Always dispose of automotive
batteries in a responsible manner.
Follow your local authorized
standards for disposal. Call your
local authorized recycling center
to find out more about recycling
automotive batteries.
RECYCLE
ENGINE COOLANT
Checking engine coolant
Your engine’s cooling system has been factory-filled with a 50/50 mixture
of distilled water and Mazda Genuine Engine Coolant, or an equivalent
premium engine coolant that meets Mazda specification.
216
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
A 50/50 mixture of distilled water and Mazda Genuine Engine Coolant
provides:
• maximum cooling system efficiency.
• freeze protection down to -34°F (-36°C).
• boiling protection up to 265°F (129°C).
• protection against rust and other forms of corrosion.
• an accurate temperature readout from the engine coolant
gauge.
The engine coolant must be maintained at the correct fluid level
and concentration to work properly. If the engine coolant fluid
level and concentration is not maintained correctly, damage to
the engine and cooling system may result.
• 2.3L engine
217
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• 3.0L & 4.0L engines
When the engine is cold, check the level of the engine coolant in the
reservoir.
• The engine coolant should be at the “cold fill level” or within the “cold
fill range” as listed on the engine coolant reservoir (depending upon
application).
• Confirm the color and type of engine coolant before adding, to avoid
mixing incompatible products.
• Refer to the Service Maintenance Section for service interval
schedules.
• Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your
vehicle in this chapter.
If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval,
the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty. If the reservoir is
low or empty, add engine coolant to the reservoir. Refer to Adding
engine coolant in this chapter.
WARNING: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable; do not
use engine coolant, antifreeze or windshield washer fluid
outside of its specified function and vehicle location.
218
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Adding engine coolant
Use only Mazda Genuine Engine Coolant or a premium engine
coolant that meets a Mazda specification.
• DO NOT USE Extended Life Engine Coolant (orange in color).
• DO NOT USE a DEX-COOL engine coolant or an equivalent
engine coolant.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol antifreeze or any engine
coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze.
• DO NOT USE supplemental coolant additives in your vehicle.
These additives may harm your engine’s cooling system.
• DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Make sure the correct coolant is used.
• DO NOT MIX recycled coolant and conventional coolant
together in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants may harm
your engine’s cooling system.
• The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling
system components and may void the warranty of your vehicle’s
engine cooling system. If you are unsure which type of coolant
your vehicle requires, contact your local dealer.
WARNING: Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer
fluid reservoir. If engine coolant is sprayed onto the windshield,
it could make it difficult to see through the windshield.
When the engine is cool, add a 50/50 mixture of engine coolant and
distilled water to the engine coolant reservoir, until the coolant is at
the“FULL COLD” level or within the “COLD FILL RANGE” as listed in
the engine coolant reservoir (depending upon application).
• NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60%.
• NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 40%.
• Engine coolant concentrations above 60% or below 40% will
decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine
coolant and may cause engine damage.
Plain water may be added in an emergency, but you must replace it with
a 50/50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir before you drive your vehicle the
next few times (with the engine cool). If necessary, add a 50/50
219
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
mixture of engine coolant and distilled water to the engine coolant
reservoir until the coolant level is at the “FULL COLD” level or within
the “COLD FILL RANGE” as listed on the reservoir (depending upon
application).
Have your dealer check the engine cooling system for leaks if you have
to add more than 1.0 quart (1.0 liter) of engine coolant per month.
WARNING: To avoid scalding hot steam or coolant from being
released from the engine cooling system, never remove the
reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot. Failure to
follow this warning may result in damage to the engine’s cooling
system and possible severe personal injury.
If you must remove the coolant cap, follow these steps to avoid personal
injury:
1. Before you remove the cap, turn the engine off and let it cool.
2. When the engine is cool, wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly
turn cap counterclockwise until pressure begins to release.
3. Step back while the pressure releases.
4. When you are sure that all the pressure has been released, use the
cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap.
Recycled engine coolant
Not all coolant recycling processes produce coolant which meets Mazda
specification. Use of a recycled engine coolant which does not meet
Mazda specifications may harm engine and cooling system components.
Always dispose of used automotive fluids in a responsible manner.
Follow your community’s regulations and standards for recycling and
disposing of automotive fluids.
Coolant refill capacity
To find out how much fluid your vehicle’s cooling system can hold, refer
to Refill capacities in this section.
Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant
in this section.
220
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Severe climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates (less than –34° F [–36° C ]):
• It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration
above 50%.
• NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60%.
• Increased engine coolant concentrations above 60% will
decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine
coolant and may cause engine damage.
• Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the
coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate
freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the
winter months.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration
above 40%.
• NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 40%.
• Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40% will
decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine
coolant and may cause engine damage.
• Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40% will
decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine
coolant and may cause engine damage.
• Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the
coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate
protection at the temperatures in which you drive.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use a 50/50
mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system
and engine protection.
What you should know about Limp to Safety cooling (2.3L I4
engine only)
If the engine coolant supply is depleted, this feature allows the vehicle to
be driven temporarily to a place of safety. The distance it can be driven
depends on ambient temperatures, vehicle load and terrain, so when the
engine drops into this mode, it is because the engine has overheated and
you need to take special care to avoid it shutting down.
221
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
How Limp to Safety works
If the engine begins to overheat:
• The engine coolant temperature
gauge will move to the red (hot)
area.
• The
symbol will illuminate.
• The Check engine indicator light
will illuminate.
If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine
will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled
cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs the vehicle will still operate. However:
• The engine power will be limited.
• The air conditioning system will be disabled.
This system has given you an early warning of engine damage and you
should immediately drive to a place of safety where the engine can be
cooled or the vehicle towed to a service shop. Continuing to drive in this
Limp to Safety mode will increase engine temperature some more,
increasing the chance of engine damage, and:
• The engine will completely shut down.
• Steering and braking effort will increase.
If you have decided not to have the vehicle towed, and when the engine
temperature cools, you try to re-start it and it appears to have returned
to normal operation, don’t delay in getting to a service facility as soon as
possible to diagnose what caused the overheat and prevent further
engine damage.
When Limp to Safety mode is activated
You have limited engine power when in the Limp to Safety mode, so
drive the vehicle with caution. The vehicle will not be able to maintain
high speed operation and the engine will run rough. Remember that the
engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent
engine damage, therefore:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine.
2. Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to a service facility.
3. If this is not possible, wait for the engine to cool down.
4. When the engine has cooled down, first check the coolant level. If
low, then use a rag and carefully turn the cap one notch
222
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
counter-clockwise carefully to avoid being burned by hot steam.
When there is no steam, keep you face back as you carefully remove
the cap and then replenish the coolant to the full line.
WARNING: Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the
engine is running or hot.
5. Replace the cap and see if the engine starts and runs normally and
drive it to a service place under reduced load and with the air
conditioning off. If it quickly goes into Limp to Safety mode again,
shut it down in a safe location and have the vehicle towed for
service.
WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS
Important safety precautions
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an
overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and
fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If the fuel
filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound, wait
until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap.
Otherwise, fuel may spray out and injure you or others.
WARNING: If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap,
excessive pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the
fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision,
which may result in possible personal injury.
WARNING: Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death
if misused or mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene,
which is a cancer-causing agent.
Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel:
223
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• Extinguish all smoking materials
and any open flames before
fueling your vehicle.
• Always turn off the vehicle before
fueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful
or fatal if swallowed. Fuels such as gasoline and ethanol are highly
toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is
swallowed, call a physician immediately, even if no symptoms are
immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for
hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind
can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious
illness and permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If fuel is splashed in the eyes,
remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and
seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could
lead to permanent injury.
• Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If fuel is
splashed on the skin and/or clothing, promptly remove contaminated
clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Repeated or
prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking “Antabuse” or other forms of
disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing gasoline and/or
ethanol vapors, or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction. In
sensitive individuals, serious personal injury or sickness may result. If
fuel is splashed on the skin, promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap
and water. Consult a physician immediately if you experience an
adverse reaction.
• FFV fuel tanks may contain zero to 85 percent ethanol. Any fuel
blends containing gasoline and ethanol should be treated the same as
“Fuel Ethanol ”. To identify if your vehicle is an FFV, check your VIN
or the label on the inside of your fuel filler door. When checking the
VIN look for the engine type identifier (8th character). If your vehicle
is an FFV, then the character will be labeled as a “V.”
Ethanol
Pure ethanol is the alcohol which is the intoxicating agent in liquor, beer
and wine. It is distilled from the fermentation of plants such as field corn
224
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
and sugar cane. When ethanol is used in the making of motor fuels, a
small amount of a bad tasting chemical is added to discourage beverage
use. The resulting fuel is called Ed100 meaning 100% pure ethanol
diluted by 2% to 5% gasoline as the “denaturant.”
Fuel ethanol (summer blendd) is then made by adding 15% more
unleaded gasoline. The resulting fuel also has a higher octane rating than
unleaded regular gasoline and other properties which allow engine
designs with greater efficiency and power.
Winter blends may contain up to 30% (E70)unleaded gasoline (25% plus
the denaturant) to enhance cold engine starts. Severely cold weather
may require additional measures for reliable starting. Refer to Cold
Weather Starting in the Driving chapter.
Ethanol is more chemically active than gasoline. It corrodes some metals
and causes some plastic and rubber components to swell, break down or
become brittle and crack, especially when mixed with gasoline. Special
materials and procedures have been developed for flexible fuel vehicles
and the dispensers used by ethanol fuel providers.
WARNING: Flexible fuel components and standard unleaded
gasoline fuel components are not interchangeable. If your
vehicle is not serviced in accordance with flexible fuel vehicles
procedures, damage may occur and your warranty may be
invalidated.
WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and
never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck. Never
smoke while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under
certain conditions. Care should be taken to avoid inhaling
excess fumes.
WARNING: The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can
produce static electricity, which can cause a fire if fuel is
pumped into an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid static build-up when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
225
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• Place approved fuel container on
the ground.
• DO NOT fill a fuel container while
it is in the vehicle (including the
cargo area/pickup bed).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while
filling.
• DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill
position.
Fuel Filler Cap
Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a 1/4 turn on/off
feature.
When fueling your vehicle:
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise 1/4 of a turn until it
stops.
3. Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe.
4. To install the cap, align the tabs on the cap with the notches on the
filler pipe.
5. Turn the filler cap clockwise 1/4 of a turn until it stops.
“Check Fuel Cap” illuminates when the ignition is turned to the ON
position to ensure your bulb is working. When this light turns on, check
the fuel filler cap. Continuing to operate the vehicle with the Check Fuel
Cap light on, can activate the Service Engine Soon warning. When the
fuel filler cap is properly re-installed, the light(s) will turn off after a
period of normal driving. It may take a long period of time for the
system to detect an improperly installed fuel filler cap.
If you must replace the fuel filler cap, replace it with a fuel filler
cap that is designed for your vehicle. The warranty may be void
for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct
genuine Mazda fuel filler cap is not used.
WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If the fuel
filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound, wait
until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap.
Otherwise, fuel may spray out and injure you or others.
226
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
WARNING: If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap,
excessive pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the
fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision,
which may result in possible personal injury.
Choosing the right fuel
If your vehicle is a flexible fuel vehicle (FFV), use only UNLEADED
FUEL and FUEL ETHANOL (Ed75–Ed85)
Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic
compounds, including manganese-based additives. Studies indicate that
these additives can cause your vehicle’s emission control system to
deteriorate more rapidly. In Canada, premium grade fuel generally
contains more metallic additives than regular fuel. We recommend using
regular grade fuel. In Canada, many fuels contain metallic additives, but
fuels free of such additives may be available; check with your local fuel
dealer.
Do not use fuel containing methanol. It can damage critical fuel system
components.
Repairs to correct the effects of using a fuel for which your vehicle was
not designed may not be covered by your warranty.
Octane recommendations
Do not be concerned if your engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However,
if it knocks heavily under most
87
driving conditions while you are
(R+M)/2 METHOD
using fuel with the recommended
octane rating, see your authorized Mazda dealership to prevent any
engine damage.
Unleaded Gasoline engines
Your vehicle is designed to use “Regular” unleaded gasoline with an
(R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. We do not recommend the use of gasolines
labeled as “Regular” that are sold with octane ratings of 86 or lower in
high altitude areas.
FFV engine (if equipped)
Your vehicle is designed to use Fuel Ethanol(Ed75–Ed85), “Regular”
unleaded gasoline or any mixture of the two fuels.
U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing
pumps to have a small, square, orange and black label with the
227
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that
region. Use of other fuels such as Fuel Methanol may cause
powertrain damage, a loss of vehicle performance, and your
warranty may be invalidated.
Fuel quality
Many of the world’s automakers approved the World-wide Fuel Charter
that recommends gasoline specifications to provide improved
performance and emission control system protection for your vehicle.
Gasolines that meet the World-wide Fuel Charter should be used when
available. Ask your fuel supplier about gasolines that meet the
World-wide Fuel Charter.
It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel
tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane
rating. Aftermarket products could cause damage to the fuel system.
Repairs to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product in your
fuel may not be covered by your warranty.
Unleaded Gasoline engines
If you are experiencing starting, rough idle or hesitation driveability
problems during a cold start, try a different brand of “Regular” unleaded
gasoline. “Premium” unleaded gasoline is not recommended (particularly
in the United States) because it may cause these problems to become
more pronounced. If the problems persist, see your authorized Mazda
dealership.
FFV engine (if equipped)
Your FFV will operate well on ordinary “Regular” unleaded gasoline, but
only the highest quality fuel ethanol will provide the same level of
protection and performance. To identify if your vehicle is an FFV, check
your VIN or the label on the inside of your fuel filler door. When
checking the VIN, look for the engine type identifier (8th character). If
your vehicle is an FFV, then the character will be labeled as a “V.”
If you operate your vehicle 50% or more of the time on ethanol, you
should follow a different maintenance schedule. See the Service
Maintenance Section for more information.
If you are experiencing a rough or rolling idle after start-up with the
outside temperature above 27° C (80° F), the idle should improve within
10 to 30 seconds. If the problems persist below this temperature, see
your authorized Mazda dealership.
Cleaner air
Mazda endorses the use of reformulated “cleaner-burning” gasolines to
improve air quality.
228
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Running out of fuel
Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse
affect on powertrain components.
If you have run out of fuel:
• You may need to cycle the ignition from OFF to ON several times after
refueling, to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to
the engine.
• Your “Check Engine” indicator may come on. For more information on
the “Check Engine” indicator, refer to the Instrument Cluster
chapter.
Fuel Filter
For fuel filter replacement, see your authorized Mazda dealership. Refer
to the service maintenance section for the appropriate intervals for
changing the fuel filter.
Replace the fuel filter with an authorized Mazda part. The
customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel system
if an authorized Mazda fuel filter is not used.
ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY
Measuring techniques
Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you, the
driver. You must gather information as accurately and consistently as
possible. Fuel expense, frequency of fillups or fuel gauge readings are
NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy. We do not recommend
taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km)
of driving (engine break-in period). You will get a more accurate
measurement after 2,000 miles-3,000 miles (3,000 km–5,000 km).
Filling the tank
The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel tank on your vehicle is equal to
the rated refill capacity of the fuel tank as listed in the Refill capacities
section of this chapter.
The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the
empty reserve combined. Indicated capacity is the difference in the
amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates
empty. Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty.
The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should
not be relied upon to increase driving range. When refueling your
229
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty, you might not be
able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the
fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank.
For consistent results when filling the fuel tank:
• Turn the engine/ignition switch to the off position prior to refueling,
an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running.
• Use the same filling rate setting (low — medium — high) each time
the tank is filled.
• Allow no more than 2 automatic click-offs when filling.
• Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating.
• Use a known quality gasoline, preferably a national brand.
• Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the
same direction each time you fill up.
• Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time.
Your results will be most accurate if your filling method is consistent.
Calculating fuel economy
1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading
(in miles or kilometers).
2. Each time you fill the tank, record the amount of fuel added (in
gallons or liters).
3. After at least three to five tank fill-ups, fill the fuel tank and record
the current odometer reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer
reading.
5. Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel
economy:
Calculation 1: Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used.
Calculation 2: Multiply liters used by 100, then divide by total
kilometers traveled.
Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving (city
or highway). This will provide an accurate estimate of the vehicle’s fuel
economy under current driving conditions. Additionally, keeping records
during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel
economy. In general, lower temperatures give lower fuel economy.
Driving style — good driving and fuel economy habits
Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change
a number of variables and improve your fuel economy.
230
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Habits
• Smooth, moderate operation can yield up to 10% savings in fuel.
• Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel
economy.
• Idling for long periods of time (greater than one minute) may waste
fuel.
• Anticipate stopping; slowing down may eliminate the need to stop.
• Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy.
• Slow down gradually.
• Driving at reasonable speeds (traveling at 55 mph [88 km/h] uses 15%
less fuel than traveling at 65 mph [105 km/h]).
• Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy.
• Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy.
• You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if
unnecessary shifting between fourth and fifth gear occurs.
Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced fuel
economy.
• Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may
reduce fuel economy.
• Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving may reduce fuel
economy.
• Combine errands and minimize stop-and-go driving.
Maintenance
• Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size.
• Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel
economy.
• Use recommended engine oil. Refer to Lubricant specifications in
this chapter.
• Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items. Follow the
recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks
found in your vehicle service maintenance section.
Conditions
• Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy
at any speed.
• Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy (approximately
1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is lost for every 400 lb [180 kg] of weight carried).
231
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• Adding certain accessories to your vehicle (for example bug
deflectors, rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski/luggage racks) may
reduce fuel economy.
• Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy.
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first
8–10 miles (12–16 km) of driving.
• Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to
driving on hilly terrain.
• Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top
cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal.
• Four-wheel-drive operation (if equipped) is less fuel efficient than
two-wheel-drive operation.
• Close windows for high speed driving.
EPA window sticker
Every new vehicle should have the EPA window sticker. Contact your
dealer if the window sticker is not supplied with your vehicle. The EPA
window sticker should be your guide for the fuel economy comparisons
with other vehicles.
It is important to note the box in the lower left corner of the window
sticker. These numbers represent the Range of MPG (L/100 km)
expected on the vehicle under optimum conditions. Your fuel economy
may vary depending upon the method of operation and conditions.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a
catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with
applicable exhaust emission standards. To make sure that the catalytic
converter and other emission control components continue to work
properly:
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving, especially at
high speeds.
• Have the items listed in your Service Maintenance Section
performed according to the specified schedule.
The scheduled maintenance items listed in the scheduled maintenance
section are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to
its emissions system.
232
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
If other than Mazda authorized parts are used for maintenance
replacements or for service of components affecting emission control,
such non-Mazda parts should be equivalent to genuine Mazda parts in
performance and durability.
WARNING: Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle in dry grass
or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the
engine compartment and exhaust system, which can start a fire.
CHECK
ENGINE
Illumination of the
indicator, charging system warning light or the
temperature warning light, fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke or loss of
engine power, could indicate that the emission control system is not
working properly.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and
potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine. By
law, vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures, repairs, services,
sells, leases, trades vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not
permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent
it from working. Information about your vehicle’s emission system is on
the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the
engine. This decal identifies engine displacement and gives some tune up
specifications.
Please consult your “Warranty Information” for complete emission
warranty information.
On board diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine’s
emission control system. This system is commonly known as the On
Board Diagnostics System (OBD-II). This OBD-II system protects the
environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet
government emission standards. The OBD-II system also assists the
service technician in properly servicing your vehicle. When the Check
engine light illuminates, the OBD-II system has detected a malfunction.
Temporary malfunctions may cause your Check engine light to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. The vehicle has run out of fuel. (The engine may misfire or run
poorly.)
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel.
233
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
3. The fuel cap may not have been securely tightened. In which case,
the fuel filler cap light will also be illuminated.
These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank
with good quality fuel and/or properly tightening the fuel cap. After three
driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the Check engine light should turn off. (A driving cycle consists
of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city/highway driving.) No
additional vehicle service is required.
If the Check engine light remains on, have your vehicle serviced at the
first available opportunity.
Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) testing
In some localities, it may be a legal requirement to pass an I/M test of
the on-board diagnostics system. If your Check engine/Service engine
soon light is on, refer to the description in the Warning lights and
chimes section of the Instrument Cluster chapter. Your vehicle may not
pass the I/M test with the Check engine/Service engine soon light on.
If the vehicle’s powertrain system or its battery has just been serviced,
the on-board diagnostics system is reset to a “not ready for I/M test”
condition. To ready the on-board diagnostics system for I/M testing, a
minimum of 30 minutes of city and highway driving is necessary as
described below:
• First, at least 10 minutes of driving on an expressway or highway.
• Next, at least 20 minutes driving in stop-and-go, city-type traffic with
at least four idle periods.
Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the
engine. Then, start the engine and complete the above driving cycle. The
engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature. Once started,
do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete.
234
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
CHECKING AND ADDING POWER STEERING FLUID
• 2.3L I4 engine
• 3.0L V6 engine
• 4.0L V6 engine
DR
O
N
O
LT
V
E
F
O
I
L
G N
I
D
T
I
F
E
R
P
U L
R
O
E
W
E
S
235
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Check the power steering fluid. Refer to the service maintenance section
for the service interval schedules. If adding fluid is necessary, use only
MERCON ATF.
1. Start the engine and let it run until it reaches normal operating
temperature (the engine coolant temperature gauge indicator will be
near the center of the normal area between H and C).
2. While the engine idles, turn the steering wheel left and right several
times.
3. Turn the engine off.
4. If your vehicle is equipped with a 3.0L V6 engine, check the
fluid level on the dipstick. It should be within the FULL HOT range.
Do not add fluid if the level is within this range.
5. If your vehicle is equipped with a 4.0L SOHC V6 or 2.3L I4
engine, check the fluid level in the reservoir. It should be between
the MIN and MAX lines. Do not add fluid if the level is within this
range.
6. If the fluid is low, add fluid in small amounts, continuously checking
the level until it reaches the FULL HOT range. Be sure to put the
dipstick back in the reservoir.
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
The fluid level will drop slowly as
the brakes wear, and will rise when
the brake components are replaced.
Fluid levels below the “MAX” line
that do not trigger the brake system
warning lamp are within the normal
operating range, there is no need to
add fluid. If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range,
the performance of your brake system could be compromised, seek
service from your Mazda dealer immediately.
WARNING: Brake fluid is toxic. If brake fluid contacts the
eyes, flush eyes with running water for 15 minutes. Seek
medical attention if irritation persists. If taken internally, drink
water and induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
236
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
WARNING: If you use a brake fluid that is not DOT 3, you will
cause permanent damage to your brakes.
WARNING: Do not let the reservoir for the master cylinder run
dry. This may cause the brakes to fail.
CLUTCH FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)
Check the fluid level. Refer to the service maintenance section for the
service interval schedules.
During normal operation, the fluid level in the clutch reservoir should
remain constant. If the fluid level drops, refill the fluid level to the step
in the reservoir.
Use only a DOT 3 brake fluid designed to meet Mazda specification.
Refer to Lubricant Specifications in this chapter.
WARNING: Brake fluid is toxic. If brake fluid contacts the
eyes, flush eyes with running water for 15 minutes. Seek
medical attention if irritation persists. If taken internally, drink
water and induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
1. Clean the reservoir cap before
removal to prevent dirt and
water from entering the
reservoir.
2. Remove cap and rubber
diaphragm from reservoir.
3. Add fluid until the level reaches
the step in the reservoir.
4. Reinstall rubber diaphragm and
cap onto reservoir.
TRANSMISSION FLUID
Checking automatic transmission fluid
• Refer to your Service Maintenance Section for scheduled check and
change intervals.
237
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
• Transmission does not consume fluid.
• Check fluid when transmission is not operating properly or if you see
a leak.
• Fluid level must be checked at normal operating temperature, 30 km
(20 miles) of driving.
To check and add fluid:
1. Drive the vehicle 30 km (20 miles) to reach normal operating
temperatures.
2. If driven in hot weather, city traffic, pulling a trailer, allow
transmission to cool for 30 minutes before checking.
3. Engage parking brake, start engine.
4. Put your foot on the brake pedal and move the gearshift lever slowly
through all of the gear ranges.
5. Shift to P (Park) and leave the engine running.
6. Remove the dipstick, wipe clean with a dry lint free rag.
7. Install and fully seat the dipstick into the filler tube.
8. Remove the dipstick and inspect
the fluid level. Level should be
in the cross-hatched area.
9. If necessary, add fluid in 250ml (1/2 pint) increments through the
filler tube until the level is correct at normal operating temperatures.
Refer to the Lubricant specifications section in this chapter for the
correct fluid type. The use of any other non-approved fluid may
cause internal transmission damage.
10. Fluid can be checked at ambient
temperatures between 10–30°C
(50–95°F). DO NOT ADD fluid
until the transmission is at
normal operating temperatures or the transmission will be overfilled.
Low fluid level
Do not drive the vehicle if the fluid
level is at or below the bottom of
the dipstick.
238
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
High fluid level
Fluid levels above the safe range
may cause overheating, shift and/or
engagement concerns and internal
transmission damage. If an overfill
condition occurs, excess fluid should
be removed by a qualified technician.
Checking and adding manual transmission fluid (if equipped)
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Engage the parking brake fully –
put in first gear.
3. Assure the vehicle cannot move.
4. Clean the filler plug.
5. Remove the filler plug and
inspect the fluid level.
6. Fluid level should be at the
bottom of the opening.
7. Add enough fluid through the
filler opening so that the fluid
level is at the bottom of the
opening.
8. Install and tighten the fill plug
securely.
Use only fluid that meets Mazda specifications. Refer to Lubricant
specifications in this chapter.
239
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Checking and adding transfer case fluid (if equipped)
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Engage the parking brake fully –
put in first gear.
3. Assure the vehicle cannot move.
4. Clean the filler plug.
5. Remove the filler plug and
inspect the fluid level.
6. Fluid level should be at the
bottom of the opening.
7. Add enough fluid through the
filler opening so that the fluid
level is at the bottom of the
opening.
8. Install and tighten the fill plug
securely.
Use only fluid that meets Mazda specifications. Refer to Lubricant
specifications in this chapter.
DRIVELINE UNIVERSAL JOINT AND SLIP YOKE
Your vehicle may be equipped with universal joints that require
lubrication. If the original universal joints are replaced with universal
joints equipped with grease fittings, lubrication will also be necessary.
240
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
CHECKING AND ADDING REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Engage the parking brake fully –
put in first gear.
3. Assure the vehicle cannot move.
4. Clean the filler plug.
5. Remove the filler plug and
inspect the fluid level.
6. Fluid level should be at the
bottom of the opening.
7. Add enough fluid through the
filler opening so that the fluid
level is at the bottom of the
opening.
8. Install and tighten the fill plug
securely.
Use only fluid that meets Mazda specifications. Refer to Lubricant
Specifications in this chapter.
REFILL CAPACITIES
Fluid
Mazda Part
Name
Application
Capacity
Engine oil
(includes filter
change)
Mazda SAE 5W- 2.3L engine
20 Premium
4.0 quarts
(3.8L)
Motor Oil
3.0L V6 engines 4.5 quarts
(4.3L)
Mazda SAE 5W- 4.0L V6 engine 5.0 quarts
30 Premium
Motor Oil
DOT 3 Brake
Fluid
(4.7L)
Brake fluid
All
Fill to line on
reservoir6
241
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Fluid
Mazda Part
Name
Application
Capacity
Power steering Mazda
All
Fill to range on
dipstick
fluid
MERCON ATF
Transmission
fluid
Mazda
MERCON ATF
5-speed manual 2.8 quarts
1
2
(2.65L)
Mazda
MERCONV
ATF
4x2 vehicles
with automatic
and 2.3L I4
9.9 quarts
(9.4L)
3
engine
4x2 vehicles
with automatic
and 3.0L or 4.0L
engines
10.0 quarts
(9.5L)3
4x4 vehicles
with automatic
and 3.0L or 4.0L
10.3 quarts
(9.8L)
3
4
Engine coolant
Premium Engine 2.3 L I4 engine 10.5 quarts
Coolant
with manual
transmission
2.3L I4 engine
with automatic
transmission
(10.0L)
10.2 quarts
(9.7L)
3.0L V6 engine 15.1 quarts
with manual
transmission
(14.3L)
3.0L V6 engine 14.8 quarts
with automatic
transmission
(14.0L)
4.0L V6 engine 13.7 quarts
with manual
transmission
(13.0L)
4.0L V6 engine 13.2 quarts
with automatic
transmission
(12.5L)
242
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Fluid
Mazda Part
Name
Application
Capacity
Fuel tank
N/A
Regular cab
(Short wheel
base)
17 gallons
(64.4L)
SuperCab
19.5 gallons
(73.8L)
Transfer Case
Fluid
Front axle
lubricant
Mazda
4x4 Vehicles
4x4 Vehicles
1.25 quarts
(1.2L)
3.6 pints (1.7L)
MERCON ATF
Mazda SAE
80W-90
Premium Rear
Axle Lubricant
Mazda SAE
80W-90
Premium Rear
Axle Lubricant
Ultra-Clear
Windshield
Washer
Rear axle
lubricant5
All
All
5.0-5.3 pints
(2.4-2.5L)
Windshield
washer fluid
2.75 quarts
(2.6L)
Concentrate
1Ensure the correct automatic transmission fluid is used. Transmission
fluid requirements are indicated on the dipstick or on the dipstick
handle. MERCON and MERCON V are not interchangeable. DO NOT
mix MERCON and MERCONV. Refer to the Service Maintenance
Section to determine the correct service interval.
2Service refill capacity is determined by filling the transmission to the
bottom of the filler hole with the vehicle on a level surface.
3Indicates only approximate dry-fill capacity. Some applications may vary
based on cooler size and if equipped with an in-tank cooler. The amount
of transmission fluid and fluid level should be set by the indication on
the dipstick’s normal operating range.
4Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle. DO NOT MIX
different colors or types of coolant. DO NOT USE Mazda Extended Life
Engine Coolant (orange in color). Refer to Adding engine coolant, in
this chapter.
243
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
5Traction-Lok axles use 4.75–5.0 pints (2.2–2.4L) of rear axle lubricant.
Add 4 oz. (118 ml) of Additive Friction Modifier meeting Mazda
specifications for complete refill of Traction-Lok axles. Service refill
capacities are determined by filling the rear axle 1/4 inch to 9/16 inch (6
mm to 14 mm) below the bottom of the filler hole.
6Brake fluid will drop slowly as the brakes wear and will rise when brake
components are replaced. Fluid levels below the MAX line that do not
trigger the brake warning light are within the normal operating range,
there is no need to add fluid. If the levels are outside the normal
operating range, the performance of your brake system could be
compromised, seek service from your local Mazda dealer immediately.
LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS
Item
Mazda part name or equivalent
SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle
Lubricant
Front axle (4X4)
SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle
Lubricant1
Rear axle
Brake fluid and clutch fluid (if
equipped)
High Performance DOT 3 Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid4
Door weather strips
Engine coolant
Silicone Lubricant
Mazda Premium Engine Coolant
3
Engine oil 2.3L I4 and 3.0L V6
engines
SAE 5W-20 Motor Oil
Engine oil 4.0L V6 engines
Hinges, door checks, latches,
striker plates, fuel filler door hinge
and seat tracks
SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil
Multi-Purpose Grease
Transmission /steering/parking
brake linkages and pivots, brake
and clutch pedal shaft, clutch pilot
bearing and input shaft spline
(manual transmission).
Premium Long-Life Grease
Power steering fluid, transfer case MERCON ATF
fluid (4X4) and transmission fluid
(manual)
244
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Item
Mazda part name or equivalent
MERCONV ATF
2
Automatic transmission (5R44E
and 5R55E)
Ultra-clear Windshield Washer
Concentrate
Windshield washer fluid
1Add 118 ml (4 oz.) of Additive Friction Modifier meeting Mazda
specifications for complete refill of Traction-Lok axles. If submerged in
water, the rear axle lubricant should be changed.
2Ensure the correct automatic transmission fluid is used. Transmission
fluid requirements are indicated on the dipstick or on the dipstick
handle. MERCON and MERCON V are not interchangeable. DO NOT
mix MERCON and MERCON V. Refer to your Service Maintenance
Section to determine the correct service interval.
3Do not mix different types or colors of engine coolant.
4Brake fluid will drop slowly as the brakes wear and will rise when brake
components are replaced. Fluid levels below the MAX line that do not
trigger the brake warning light are within the normal operating range,
there is no need to add fluid. If the levels are outside the normal
operating range, the performance of your brake system could be
compromised, seek service from your local Mazda dealer immediately.
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Engine
2.3L I4 engine 3.0L V6 engine 4.0L V6 engine
Cubic inches
Required fuel
Firing order
138
87 octane
1-3-4-2
182
87 octane
1-4-2-5-3-6
245
87 octane
1-4-2-5-3-6
Spark plug gap 0.049–0.053 inch 0.042–0.046 inch 0.052–0.054 inch
(1.25–1.35mm) (1.07–1.17mm) (1.32–1.42mm)
Ignition system EDIS
EDIS
9.14:1
EDIS
9.7:1
Compression
ratio
9.7:1
245
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS
Vehicle dimensions
Regular Cab -
SuperCab -
inches (mm)
202.6 (5147)
70.3 (1785)
66.0 (1676) /
68.7 (1746)
125.7 (3192)
58.5 (1486)
57.3 (1455)
inches (mm)
188.5 (4788)
69.4 (1762)
65.0 (1652) /
68.5 (1740)
111.4 (2831)
58.5 (1486)
57.3 (1455)
(1) Overall length
(2) Overall width
(3) Overall height – 4x2/4x4
(4) Wheelbase
(5) Track - Front
(5) Track - Rear
3
5
2
246
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
4
1
4
1
IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE
Certification label
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require
that a Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the
Certification Label may be located. The Certification label is located on
the structure by the trailing edge of the driver’s door or the edge of the
driver’s door.
247
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Specifications
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
The vehicle identification number is
attached to a metal tag and is
located on the driver side
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
instrument panel. (Please note that
in the graphic XXXX is
representative of your vehicle
identification number.)
Engine number
The engine number (the last eight numbers of the vehicle identification
number) is stamped on the engine block, transmission, frame and
transfer case (if equipped).
248
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Accessories
Accessories
CELL PHONES
Use of cell phones and other devices by driver:
WARNING: Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones,
computers, portable radios, vehicle navigation or other devices
by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. Dialing a
number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver’s
hands. Use of these devices will cause the driver to be
distracted and could lead to a serious accident. If a passenger is
unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe area
before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this
warning, use a hands-free system to at least allow the hands
free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or other
electrical device while the vehicle is moving and, instead,
concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
In addition, the gasoline distributors are warning against using
cell phones during refueling procedures, due to their increased
concern about static electricity fires in the self-service pump
environment.
249
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Index
A
acid, treating emergencies .....214
jumping a disabled battery ....172
maintenance-free ....................214
servicing ..................................214
Bed extender ..............................56
BeltMinder ...................................71
Brakes ........................................146
anti-lock ...........................146–147
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
warning light ...........................147
fluid, checking and adding ....236
fluid, refill capacities ..............241
fluid, specifications .........244–245
lubricant
ABS (see Brakes) .....................146
Air bag supplemental restraint
system ..........................................76
and child safety seats ..............79
description ................................76
disposal ......................................82
driver air bag ............................80
indicator light ...........................82
operation ...................................80
passenger air bag .....................80
passenger deactivation
switch ........................................83
Ambulance packages ....................7
Antifreeze
(see Engine coolant) ................216
specifications ..................244–245
parking ....................................148
shift interlock ..........................150
Anti-lock brake system
(see Brakes) ......................146–147
Audio system
6-CD in dash .............................22
Single CD ..................................19
Break-in period .............................5
Bulbs ............................................39
C
Audio system
Capacities for refilling fluids ....241
Cassette tape player ...................22
Cell phone warning ...................249
Certification Label ....................247
Changing a tire .........................112
(see Radio) ................18–19, 22, 26
Automatic dimming rear view
mirror ...........................................49
Automatic transmission ............150
driving an automatic
overdrive .................................151
fluid, refill capacities ..............241
fluid, specification ..................245
Auxiliary power point .................48
Axle
lubricant
Child safety restraints ................89
child safety belts ......................89
Child safety seats ........................93
attaching with tether straps ....97
in front seat ..............................94
in rear seat ................................94
LATCH .....................................100
tether anchorage hardware .....97
specifications ..................244–245
refill capacities ........................241
traction lok ..............................149
Chimes (warning) .......................16
B
Cleaning your vehicle
engine compartment ..............190
Battery .......................................214
250
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
instrument panel ....................193
interior .....................................193
interior trim ............................193
Mazda car care products .......194
plastic parts ............................192
washing ....................................189
waxing .....................................189
wheels ......................................190
wiper blades ............................192
Dipstick
engine oil .................................209
Doors
lubricant specifications ..........244
Driveline universal joint and
slip yoke ....................................240
Driving under special
conditions ..................155, 157–158
mud ..........................................158
sand .........................................158
snow and ice ...........................159
through water .................158–159
Clock adjust
AM/FM Stereo ...........................18
AM/FM stereo CD .....................20
AM/FM stereo tape/CD/MP3 ....23
Premium AM/FM stereo
CD6/MP3 ...................................27
Single CD ..................................19
E
Emergencies, roadside
jump-starting ..........................172
Emergency Flashers .................160
Emission control system ..........232
Engine ........................................246
cleaning ...................................190
coolant .....................................216
idle speed control ...................214
limp to safety cooling .............221
lubrication
Clutch
fluid ..........................................237
operation while driving ..........153
recommended shift speeds ....154
Compass, electronic
calibration .................................51
set zone adjustment .................50
specifications ..................244–245
refill capacities ........................241
service points ..................205–207
starting after a collision .........160
Compass/temperature display ...49
Console ........................................56
Coolant
checking and adding ..............216
refill capacities ................220, 241
specifications ..................244–245
Engine block heater .................145
Engine oil ..................................209
checking and adding ..............209
dipstick ....................................209
filter, specifications ................213
recommendations ...................213
refill capacities ........................241
specifications ..................244–245
Cruise control
(see Speed control) ....................52
Customer
Assistance ..................178–179, 181
D
Exhaust fumes ..........................145
F
Daytime running lamps
(see Lamps) ................................35
Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV) ....223
251
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Fluid capacities .........................241
Foglamps .....................................35
Headlamps ...................................35
aiming ........................................36
bulb specifications ....................39
daytime running lights .............35
flash to pass ..............................36
high beam .................................36
replacing bulbs .........................40
turning on and off ....................35
Four-Wheel Drive vehicles .......155
driving off road .......................157
electronic shift ........................156
indicator light .........................156
preparing to drive your
vehicle .....................................149
Fuel ............................................223
calculating fuel economy .......229
cap ...........................................226
capacity ...................................241
choosing the right fuel ...........227
comparisons with EPA fuel
economy estimates .................232
detergent in fuel .....................228
filling your vehicle with
Heating
heating and air conditioning
system .................................32–33
Hood ..........................................204
I
fuel ...........................223, 226, 229
filter, specifications ................229
fuel pump shut-off switch .....160
improving fuel economy ........229
octane rating ...................227, 246
quality ......................................228
running out of fuel .................229
safety information relating to
Ignition ...............................141, 246
Infant seats
(see Safety seats) .......................93
Inspection/maintenance (I/M)
testing ........................................234
Instrument panel
automotive fuels .....................223
cleaning ...................................193
cluster ........................................12
lighting up panel and
Fuel - flex fuel vehicle
(FFV) .................................223, 227
interior .......................................36
location of components ............12
Fuel pump shut-off switch .......160
Fuses ..................................161–162
J
G
Jack ............................................112
positioning ...............................112
storage .....................................112
Gas cap (see Fuel cap) ............226
Gas mileage
(see Fuel economy) .................229
Jump-starting your vehicle ......172
Gauges .........................................16
K
H
Keys
positions of the ignition .........141
Hazard flashers .........................160
252
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
L
Motorcraft parts ........................229
Lamps
bulb replacement
O
Octane rating ............................227
Oil (see Engine oil) ..................209
Overdrive .....................................55
Overheating ...............................171
specifications chart ..................39
daytime running light ...............35
fog lamps ...................................35
headlamps .................................35
headlamps, flash to pass ..........36
instrument panel, dimming .....36
interior lamps .....................39–40
replacing bulbs .......39–40, 42–45
P
Parking brake ............................148
Lane change indicator
(see Turn signal) ........................38
Power distribution box
(see Fuses) ...............................165
LATCH anchors .........................100
Power door locks ........................58
Power mirrors .............................52
Power point .................................48
Lights, warning and indicator ....12
anti-lock brakes (ABS) ..........147
Limited slip axle
(see Traction-Lok) ....................149
Power steering ..........................149
fluid, checking and
adding ......................................235
fluid, refill capacity ................241
fluid, specifications .........244–245
Limp to Safety Cooling .............221
Load limits .................................126
Loading instructions .................131
Lubricant
Power Windows ...........................48
specifications .....................244–245
Preparing to drive your
vehicle ........................................149
Lug nuts ....................................116
Lumbar support, seats ...............63
R
M
Radio ..........................18–19, 22, 26
Single CD ..................................19
Manual transmission .................153
fluid capacities ........................241
lubricant specifications ..........245
reverse .....................................154
Relays ........................................161
Remote entry system .................59
illuminated entry ......................61
locking/unlocking doors .....58–59
Mirrors
automatic dimming rearview
mirror ........................................49
fold away ...................................52
side view mirrors (power) .......52
S
Safety Belt Maintenance ............75
253
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Safety belts (see Safety
jump starting ..........................172
Steering wheel
tilting .........................................47
restraints) ..................64, 66–67, 69
Safety defects, reporting ..........188
Safety restraints ..............64, 66–69
belt minder ...............................71
extension assembly ..................70
for adults .............................66–67
for children .........................88–89
safety belt maintenance ...........75
warning light and chime ..........71
Stereo
Single CD ..................................19
T
Tether anchors ............................97
Tilt steering wheel ......................47
Safety restraints - LATCH
anchors ......................................100
Tires ...........................106–107, 112
alignment ................................123
care ..........................................121
changing ..........................112–113
checking the pressure ............109
inspecting and inflating .........109
label .........................................121
replacing ..................................111
rotating ....................................124
safety practices .......................122
sidewall information ...............117
snow tires and chains ............125
spare tire .................................112
terminology .............................107
tire grades ...............................107
treadwear ........................106, 121
Safety restraints - tether
anchors ........................................97
Safety seats for children ............93
Seat belts
(see Safety restraints) ...............64
Seats ............................................62
child safety seats ......................93
Servicing your vehicle ..............203
Setting the clock
AM/FM stereo ...........................18
AM/FM stereo CD .....................20
AM/FM stereo tape/CD/MP3 ....23
Premium AM/FM stereo
Towing .......................................131
recreational towing .................139
trailer towing ..........................131
wrecker ....................................177
CD6/MP3 ...................................27
Snowplowing .................................7
Spark plugs, specifications .......246
Traction-lok rear axle ...............149
Special notice
ambulance conversions ..............7
utility-type vehicles ....................6
Transfer case
fluid checking .........................240
Specification chart,
Transmission
lubricants ...........................244–245
automatic operation ...............150
brake-shift interlock (BSI) ....150
fluid, checking and adding
Speed control ..............................52
Starting a flex fuel vehicle .......144
(manual) .................................239
fluid, refill capacities ..............241
lubricant specifications ..244–245
Starting your
vehicle ........................141–142, 144
254
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
manual operation ....................153
Turn signal ..................................38
Warning lights (see Lights)
.......12
Washer fluid
..............................208
V
Water, Driving through
.............159
Vehicle dimensions ...................246
Windows
Vehicle Identification Number
power
.........................................48
(VIN) ..........................................248
Windshield washer fluid and
wipers
Vehicle loading ..........................126
camper bodies ........................140
Ventilating your vehicle ...........146
..........................................46
checking and adding fluid
.....208
..............46
.............47
checking and cleaning
replacing wiper blades
W
Wrecker towing
.........................177
Warning chimes ...........................16
255
REVIEW COPY
2005 Mazda B Series (mbs), Owners Guide (post-2002-fmt) (own2002),
Market: USA_English (fus)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
256
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
La Crosse Technology Thermometer 306 645 User Manual
La Crosse Technology Weather Radio 308 2316 User Manual
La Crosse Technology Weather Radio C84612 User Manual
Land Pride Lawn Aerator CA25 Series User Manual
Lawn Boy Lawn Mower 10356 10357 10358 User Manual
LevelOne Switch GSW 2690 User Manual
Lindy Projector 32498 User Manual
Magnavox Home Theater System MCS 990 17 User Manual
Mattel PDAs Smartphones R7326 User Manual
Maytag Table Top Game RTD10EO User Manual